Overheid.nl| Zoekpagina

De wegwijzer naar informatie en diensten van alle overheden

Naar zoeken

Internationaal Verdrag van Torremolinos voor de beveiliging van vissersvaartuigen, 1977, Torremolinos, 02-04-1977[Regeling treedt in werking op nader te bepalen tijdstip.]

Geldend van 02-04-1977 t/m heden

Internationaal Verdrag van Torremolinos voor de beveiliging van vissersvaartuigen, 1977

Authentiek : EN

Torremolinos International Convention for the safety of fishing vessels, 1977 [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Parties to the Convention,

Desiring to promote the safety of ships in general and the safety of fishing vessels in particular,

Bearing in mind the outstanding contribution of the International Conventions for the Safety of Life at Sea and also the International Conventions on Load Lines in promoting the safety of ships,

Recognizing that fishing vessels are exempt from almost all the requirements of those International Conventions,

Desiring therefore to establish in common agreement uniform principles and rules concerning the construction and equipment of fishing vessels directed to the safety of such vessels and their crews,

Considering that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention,

Have agreed as follows:

Article 1. General Obligations under the Convention [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Parties shall give effect to the provisions of the Convention and the Annex thereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the Convention. Unless expressly provided otherwise, a reference to the Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the Annex.

Article 2. Definitions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

For the purpose of the Convention, unless expressly provided otherwise:

  • (a) “Party” means a State for which the Convention has entered into force.

  • (b) “Fishing vessel” or “vessel” means any vessel used commercially for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea.

  • (c) “Organization” means the Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization.

  • (d) “Secretary-General” means the Secretary-General of the Organization.

  • (e) “Administration” means the Government of the State whose flag vessel is entitled to fly.

Article 3. Application [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Convention shall apply to sea-going fishing vessels entitled to fly the flag of a State which is a Party.

Article 4. Certification and Control [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), a certificate issued under the authority of a Party in accordance with the provisions of the Convention shall be accepted by the other Parties and regarded for all purposes covered by the Convention as having the same validity as a certificate issued by them.

  • (2) Every vessel holding a certificate issued under Regulation 7 or 8 is subject, in the ports of other Parties, to control by officers duly authorized by such Parties in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that there is on board a valid certificate. Such certificate shall be accepted unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition of the vessel or its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of that certificate. In that case, or if there is not a valid certificate, the officer carrying out the control shall forthwith inform the Consul or, in his absence, the diplomatic representative of the Party whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, of all the circumstances for which corrective action by that Party would be deemed necessary and the facts shall be reported to the Organization. The officer carrying out the control shall take such steps as will ensure that the vessel shall not sail until it can proceed to sea without danger to the vessel or persons on board.

Article 5. Force Majeure [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A vessel which is not subject to the provisions of the Convention or which is not required to hold a certificate in accordance with the provisions of the Convention at the time of its departure on any voyage shall not become subject to such provisions on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other cause of force majeure.

  • (2) Persons who are on board of a vessel by reason of force majeure or in consequence of the obligation to carry shipwrecked or other persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of ascertaining the application to the vessel of any provisions of the Convention.

Article 6. Communication of Information [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Parties shall communicate to the Organization:

    • (a) the text of laws, orders, decrees, regulations and other instruments which have been promulgated on the various matters within the scope of the Convention;

    • (b) a list of non-governmental agencies which are authorized to act on their behalf in matters relating to the design, construction and equipment of vessels in accordance with the provisions of the Convention; and

    • (c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under the provisions of the Convention.

  • (2) The Organization shall notify all Parties of the receipt of any communication under paragraph (1)(a) and shall circulate to them any information communicated to it under paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).

Article 7. Casualties to Fishing Vessels [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Each Party shall arrange for an investigation of any casualty occurring to any of its vessels subject to the provisions of the Convention, when it judges that such an investigation may assist in determining what changes in the Convention might be desirable.

  • (2) Each Party shall supply the Organization with pertinent information concerning the findings of such investigation for circulation to all Parties. No reports or recommendations of the Organization based upon such information shall disclose the identity or nationality of the vessels concerned, or in any manner fix or imply responsibility upon any vessel or person.

Article 8. Other Treaties and Interpretation [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Nothing in this Convention shall prejudice the codification and development of the law of the sea by the United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea convened pursuant to Resolution 2750 (XXV) of the General Assembly of the United Nations nor the present or future claims and legal views of any State concerning the law of the sea and the nature and extent of coastal and flag State jurisdiction.

Article 9. Signature, Ratification, Acceptance, Approval and Accession [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Convention shall remain open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from 1 October 1977 until 30 June 1978 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. All States may become Parties to the Convention by:

    • (a) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or

    • (b) signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or

    • (c) accession.

  • (2) Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General.

  • (3) The Secretary-General shall inform all States which have signed the Convention or acceded to it of any signature or of the deposit of any new instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession and the date of its deposit.

Article 10. Entry into Force [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Convention shall enter into force twelve months after the date on which not less than fifteen States have either signed it without reservation as to ratification, acceptance, or approval or have deposited the requisite instruments of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession in accordance with Article 9, the aggregate of whose fleets of fishing vessels constitutes not less than 50 per cent by number of the world's fleet of fishing vessels of 24 metres in length and over.

  • (2) The Organization shall inform the States which have signed the Convention or acceded to it of the date on which it enters into force.

  • (3) For States which have deposited an instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession in respect of the Convention after the requirements for entry into force thereof have been met but prior to the date of entry into force, the ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall take effect on the date of entry into force of the Convention or three months after the date of deposit of the instrument, whichever is the later date.

  • (4) For States which have deposited an instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession after the date on which the Convention entered into force, the Convention shall become effective three months after the date of deposit of the instrument.

  • (5) After the date on which all the conditions required under Article 11 to bring an amendment to the Convention into force have been fulfilled, any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the Convention as amended.

Article 11. Amendments [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Convention may be amended by either of the procedures specified in this Article.

  • (2) Amendments after consideration within the Organization:

    • (a) Any amendment proposed by a Party shall be submitted to the Secretary-General, who shall then circulate it to all Members of the Organization and to all the Parties at least six months prior to its consideration.

    • (b) Any amendment proposed and circulated as above shall be referred to the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization for consideration.

    • (c) Parties whether or not Members of the Organization, shall be entitled to participate in the proceedings of the Maritime Safety Committee for the consideration and adoption of amendments.

    • (d) Amendments shall be adopted by a two-thirds majority of the Parties present and voting in the Maritime Safety Committee expanded as provided for in sub-paragraph (c) (hereinafter referred to as “the expanded Maritime Safety Committee”) on condition that at least one-third of the Parties shall be present at the time of voting.

    • (e) Amendments adopted in accordance with sub-paragraph (d) shall be communicated by the Secretary-General to all the Parties.

    • (f)

      • (i) An amendment to an Article or to Regulations 1 and 3 to 11 shall be deemed to have been accepted on the date on which it is accepted by two-thirds of the Parties,

      • (ii) An amendment to the Annex other than to Regulation 1 and 3 to 11 shall be deemed to have been accepted:

        • (aa) at the end of two years from the date on which it is communicated to the Parties for acceptance; or

        • (bb) at the end of a different period, which shall not be less than one year, if so determined at the time of its adoption by a two-thirds majority of the Parties present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee.

        However, if within the specified period either more than one-third of the Parties, or Parties the aggregate of whose fleets of fishing vessels constitutes not less than 50 per cent by number of the fleet of fishing vessels of all the Parties of 24 metres in length and over, notify the Secretary-General that they object to the amendment, it shall be deemed not to have been accepted.

      • (iii) An amendment to an Appendix to the Annex shall be deemed to have been accepted at the end of a period to be determined by the expanded Maritime Safety Committee at the time of its adoption, which period shall be not less than ten months, unless within that period an objection is communicated to the Organization by not less than one-third of the Parties, or Parties the aggregate of whose fleets of fishing vessels constitutes not less than 50 per cent by number of the fleet of fishing vessels of all the Parties of 24 metres in length and over.

    • (g)

      • (i) An amendment to an Article or to Regulations 1 and 3 to 11 shall enter into force with respect to those Parties which have accepted it, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted, and with respect to each Party which accepts it after that date, six months after the date of that Party's acceptance.

      • (ii) An amendment to the Annex other than to Regulations 1 and 3 to 11 and to an Appendix to the Annex shall enter into force with respect to all Parties, except those which have objected to the amendment under sub-paragraphs (f)(ii) and (iii) and which have not withdrawn such objections, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted. However, before the date set for entry into force any Party may give notice to the Secretary-General that it exempts itself from giving effect to that amendment for a period not longer than one year from the date of its entry into force, or for such longer period as may be determined by a two-thirds majority of the Parties present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee at the time of the adoption of the amendment.

  • (3) Amendment by a Conference:

    • (a) Upon the request of a Party concurred in by at least one-third of the Parties, the Organization shall convene a Conference of the Parties to consider amendments to the Convention.

    • (b) Every amendment adopted by such a Conference by a two-thirds majority of the Parties present and voting shall be communicated by the Secretary-General to all the Parties for acceptance.

    • (c) Unless the Conference decides otherwise, the amendment shall be deemed to have been accepted and shall enter into force in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (2)(f) and (g) respectively, provided that references in those sub-paragraphs to the expanded Maritime Safety Committee shall be taken to mean references to the Conference.

  • (4) Any Party which has declined to accept the amendment to the Annex shall be deemed not to be a Party for the purpose of application of that amendment.

  • (5) Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amendment to the Convention which relates to the structure of a vessel, shall apply only to vessels for which, on or after the date of entry into force of the amendment:

    • (a) the keel is laid; or

    • (b) construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins; or

    • (c) assembly has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1 per cent of the estimated mass of all structural material; whichever is the less.

  • (6) Any declaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amendment or any notice given under paragraph (2)(g)(ii) shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary-General who shall inform all the Parties of any such submission and of the date of its receipt.

  • (7) The Secretary-General shall inform all the Parties of any amendments which enter into force, together with the date on which each such amendment enters into force.

Article 12. Denunciation [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Convention may be denounced by any Party at any time after the expiry of five years from the date on which the Convention enters into force for that Party.

  • (2) Denunciation shall be effected by notification in writing to the Secretary-General who shall inform all other Parties of any such notification received and of the date of its receipt as well as the date on which such denunciation takes effect.

  • (3) A denunciation shall take effect twelve months after receipt of the notification of denunciation by the Secretary-General or after the expiry of any longer period which may be indicated in the notification.

Article 13. Deposit and Registration [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Convention shall be deposited with the Secretary-General who shall transmit certified true copies thereof to all the States which have signed the Convention or acceded to it.

  • (2) As soon as the Convention enters into force, the text shall be transmitted by the Secretary-General to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for registration and publication, in accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

Article 14. Languages [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Convention is established in a single copy in the English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. Official translations in the Arabic, German and Italian languages shall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, being duly authorized by their respective Governments for that purpose, have signed the Convention.

DONE at Torremolinos this second day of April one thousand nine hundred and seventy-seven.

Annex Regulations for the construction and equipment of fishing vessels [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

CHAPTER I. - GENERAL PROVISIONS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 1. Application [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the provisions of this Annex shall apply to new fishing vessels of 24 metres in length and over, including vessels also processing their catch.

  • (2) The provisions of this Annex shall not apply to vessels exclusively used:

    • (a) for sport or recreation;

    • (b) for processing fish or other living resources of the sea;

    • (c) for research and training; or

    • (d) as fish carriers.

Regulation 2. Definitions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) “New vessel” is a fishing vessel for which, on or after the date of entry into force of the Convention:

    • (a) the building or major conversion contract is placed; or

    • (b) the building or major conversion contract has been placed before the date of entry into force of the Convention, and which is delivered three years or more after the date of such entry into force; or

    • (c) in the absence of a building contract:

      • (i) the keel is laid; or

      • (ii) construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins; or

      • (iii) assembly has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1 per cent of the estimated mass of all structural material; whichever is the less.

  • (2) “Existing vessel” is a fishing vessel which is not a new vessel.

  • (3) “Approved” means approved by the Administration.

  • (4) “Crew” means the skipper and all persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a vessel on the business of that vessel.

  • (5) “The length (L)” shall be taken as 96 per cent of the total length on a waterline at 85 per cent of the least depth measured from the keel line, or as the length from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if that be greater. In vessels designed with rake of keel the waterline on which this length is measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline.

  • (6) “The forward and after perpendiculars” shall be taken at the forward and after ends of the length (L). The forward perpendicular shall be coincident with the foreside of the stem on the waterline on which the length is measured.

  • (7) “The breadth (B)” is the maximum breadth of the vessel, measured amidships to the moulded line of the frame in a vessel with a metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a vessel with a shell of any other material.

  • (8)

    • (a) “The depth (D)” is the vertical distance measured amidships from the keel line to the top of the working deck beam at side.

    • (b) In vessels having rounded gunwales, the depth shall be measured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell plating, the lines extending as though the gunwale were of angular design.

    • (c) Where the working deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the depth is to be determined, the depth shall be measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel with the raised part.

  • (9) “Deepest operating waterline” is the waterline related to the maximum permissible operating draught.

  • (10) “Amidships” is the mid-length of L.

  • (11) “Midship section” is that section of the hull defined by the intersection of the moulded surface of the hull with a vertical plane perpendicular to the waterline and centreline planes passing through amidships.

  • (12) “Keel line” is the line parallel to the slope of keel passing amidships through:

    • (a) the top of the keel or line of intersection of the inside of shell plating with the keel where a bar keel extends above that line of a vessel with a metal shell; or

    • (b) the rabbet lower line of the keel of a vessel with a shell of wood or a composite vessel; or

    • (c) the intersection of a fair extension of the outside of the shell contour at the bottom with the centreline of a vessel with a shell of material other than wood and metal.

  • (13) “Baseline” is the horizontal line intersecting at amidships the keel line.

  • (14) “Working deck” is generally the lowest complete deck above the deepest operating waterline from which fishing is undertaken. In vessels fitted with two or more complete decks, the Administration may accept a lower deck as a working deck provided that that deck is situated above the deepest operating waterline.

  • (15) “Superstructure” is the decked structure on the working deck extending from side to side of the vessel or with the side plating not being inboard of the shell plating more than 0.04B.

  • (16) “Enclosed superstructure” is a superstructure with:

    • (a) enclosing bulkheads of efficient construction;

    • (b) access openings, if any, in those bulkheads fitted with permanently attached weathertight doors of a strength equivalent to the unpierced structure which can be operated from each side; and

    • (c) other openings in sides or ends of the superstructure fitted with efficient weathertight means of closing.

    A bridge or poop shall not be regarded as enclosed unless access is provided for the crew to reach machinery and other working spaces inside those superstructures by alternative means which are available at all times when bulkhead openings are closed.

  • (17) “Superstructure deck” is that complete or partial deck forming the top of a superstructure, deckhouse or other erection situated at a height of not less than 1.8 metres above the working deck. Where this height is less than 1.8 metres, the top of such deckhouses or other erections shall be treated in the same way as the working deck.

  • (18) “Height of a superstructure or other erection” is the least vertical distance measured at side from the top of the deck beams of a superstructure or an erection to the top of the working deck beams.

  • (19) “Weathertight” means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the vessel.

  • (20) “Watertight” means capable of preventing the passage of water through the structure in any direction under a head of water for which the surrounding structure is designed.

  • (21) “Collision bulkhead” is a watertight bulkhead up to the working deck in the forepart of the vessel which meets the following conditions:

    • (a) The bulkhead shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular:

      • (i) not less than 0.05L and not more than 0.08L for vessels of 45 metres in length and over;

      • (ii) not less than 0.05 L and not more than 0.05 L plus 1.35 metres for vessels of less than 45 metres in length, except as may be allowed by the Administration;

      • (iii) in no case, less than 2.0 metres.

    • (b) Where any part of the underwater body extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distance stipulated in sub-paragraph (a) shall be measured from a point at mid-length of the extension forward of the forward perpendicular or from a point 0.015L forward of the forward perpendicular, whichever is less.

    • (c) The bulkhead may have steps or recesses provided they are within the limits prescribed in sub-paragraph (a).

  • (22) “Main steering gear” is the machinery, the steering gear power units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the vessel under normal service conditions.

  • (23) “Auxiliary means of activating the rudder” is the equipment which is provided for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the vessel in the event of failure of the main steering gear.

  • (24) “Steering gear power unit” means in the case of:

    • (a) electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;

    • (b) electro-hydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment and connected pump; and

    • (c) other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.

  • (25) “Maximum ahead service speed” is the greatest speed which the vessel is designed to maintain in service at sea at its maximum permissible operating draught.

  • (26) “Maximum astern speed” is the speed which it is estimated the vessel can attain at the designed maximum astern power at its maximum permissible operating draught.

  • (27) “Fuel oil unit” is the equipment for the preparation of fuel oil for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation of oil for delivery to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure greater than 0.18 newtons per square millimetre.

  • (28) “Normal operational and habitable conditions” means conditions under which the vessel as a whole, its machinery, services, means of main and auxiliary propulsion, steering gear and associated equipment, aids to safe navigation and to limit the risks of fire and flooding, internal and external means of communicating and signalling, means of escape and winches for rescue boats, are in proper working order and the minimum comfortable conditions of habitability are satisfactory.

  • (29) “Dead ship condition” is the condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation due to the absence of power.

  • (30) “Main switchboard” is a switchboard directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and intended to distribute electrical energy.

  • (31) “Periodically unattended machinery spaces” means those spaces containing main propulsion and associated machinery and all sources of main electrical supply which are not at all times manned under all operating conditions, including manoeuvring.

  • (32) “Non-combustible material” means a material which neither burns nor gives off flammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750 degrees celsius, this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure. Any other material is a combustible material.

  • (33) “Standard fire test” is one in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard time-temperature curve. The specimen shall have an exposed surface of not less than 4.65 square metres and a height (or length of deck) of 2.44 metres resembling as closely as possible the intended construction and including where appropriate at least one joint. The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve drawn through the following points:

    at the end of the first 5 minutes

    at the end of the first 10 minutes

    at the end of the first 30 minutes

    at the end of the first 60 minutes

    538 degrees celsius

    704 degrees celsius

    843 degrees celsius

    927 degrees celsius.

  • (34) “‘A’ Class divisions” are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following:

    • (a) they shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;

    • (b) they shall be suitably stiffened;

    • (c) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of the one-hour standard fire test; and

    • (d) they shall be insulated with approved non-combustible materials such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 degrees Celsius above the original temperature, nor will the temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 180 degrees celsius above the original temperature, within the time listed below:

      Class “A-60”

      Class “A-30”

      Class “A-15”

      Class “A-0”

      60 minutes

      30 minutes

      15 minutes

      0 minutes

    The Administration may require a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.

  • (35) “‘B’ Class divisions” are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with the following:

    • (a) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test;

    • (b) they shall have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 degrees celsius above the original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 225 degrees celsius above the original temperature, within the time listed below:

      Class “B-15”

      Class “B-0”

      15 minutes

      0 minutes; and

    • (c) they shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials entering into the construction and erection of “B” Class divisions shall be non-combustible with the exception that ombustible veneers may be permitted provided they meet the relevant requirements of Chapter V.

    The Administration may require a test of a prototype division to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.

  • (36) “‘C’ Class divisions” are those divisions constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet no requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor the limiting of temperature rise.

  • (37) “‘F’ Class divisions” are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with the following:

    • (a) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test; and

    • (b) they shall have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 degrees celsius above the original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 225 degrees celsius above the original temperature, up to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test.

    The Administration may require a test of a prototype division to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.

  • (38) “Continuous ‘B’ Class ceilings or linings” are those “B” Class ceilings or linings which terminate only at an “A” or “B” Class division.

  • (39) “Steel or other equivalent material” means steel or any material which, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).

  • (40) “Low flame spread” means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure.

  • (41) “Accommodation spaces” are those spaces used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, cinemas, games and hobbies rooms, pantries containing no cooking appliances and similar spaces.

  • (42) “Public spaces” are those portions of the accommodation spaces which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges, and similar permanently enclosed spaces.

  • (43) “Service spaces” are those spaces used for galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, lockers and store-rooms, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.

  • (44) “Control stations” are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigation equipment or the emergency source of power is located, or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.

  • (45) “Machinery spaces of Category A” are those spaces which contain internal combustion type machinery used either:

    • (a) for main propulsion; or

    • (b) for other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kilowatts, or which contain any oil-fired boiler or fuel oil unit; and trunks to such spaces.

  • (46) “Machinery spaces” are those machinery spaces of Category A and all other spaces containing propulsion machinery, boilers, fuel oil units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators, steering gear, major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilating and air conditioning machinery and similar spaces; and trunks to such spaces.

  • (47) “Survival craft” means those craft provided for accommodating the persons on board in the event of abandonment of the vessel and includes lifeboats, liferafts and any other craft approved as suitable for the protection and preservation of persons in such circumstances.

  • (48) “Rescue boat” is an easily propelled highly manoeuvrable boat capable of being easily and quickly launched by a small number of crew and adequate for rescuing a man overboard.

  • (49) “Inflated lifeboat” is a permanently inflated survival craft subdivided and of strong, abrasion resistant construction.

  • (50) “Launching appliance” is a device capable of launching, from the embarkation position, a craft fully loaded with the number of persons it is permitted to carry and with its equipment.

  • (51) “Float-free survival craft” are craft whose installations and stowage are intended to permit them to clear a sinking vessel and float to the surface automatically.

Regulation 3. Exemptions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Administration may exempt any vessel which embodies features of a novel kind form any of the requirements of Chapters II, III, IV, V, VI and VII, the application of which might seriously impede research into the development of such features and their incorporation in vessels. Any such vessel shall, however, comply with safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administration, are adequate for the service for which it is intended and are such as to ensure the overall safety of the vessel.

  • (2) Exemptions from the requirements of Chapter IX are dealt with in Regulations 132 and 139(2)(b) and exemptions from Chapter X are dealt with in Regulation 147.

  • (3) The Administration may exempt any vessel engaged solely in fishing near the coast of its country from any of the requirements of this Annex if it considers that the application is unreasonable and impracticable in view of the distance of the vessel's operating area from its base port in its own country, the type of vessel, the weather conditions and the absence of general navigational hazards, provided that it complies with safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administration, are adequate for the service for which it is intended and are such as to ensure the overall safety of the vessel.

  • (4) The Administration which allows any exemption under this Regulation shall communicate to the Organization particulars of the same to the extent necessary to confirm that the level of safety is adequately maintained and the Organization shall circulate such particulars to the Parties for their information.

Regulation 4. Equivalents [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Administration may allow any fitting, material, appliance or apparatus to be fitted in a vessel, or any particular provision to be made as an alternative to that required by this Annex if such fitting, material, appliance or apparatus is at least as effective as that required by this Annex.

  • (2) The Administration which allows a fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or any particular provision to be made as an alternative to that required by this Annex shall communicate to the Organization for circulation to the Parties particulars thereof for their information and appropriate action, if any.

Regulation 5. Repairs, Alterations and Modifications [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A vessel which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the vessel.

  • (2) Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto shall meet the requirements for a new vessel only to the extent of such repairs, alterations and modifications and in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

Regulation 6. Surveys [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every vessel shall be subjected to the surveys specified below:

    • (a) An initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before the certificate required under Regulation 7 is issued for the first time, which shall include a complete survey ofits structure, stability, machinery, arrangements and material, including the outside of the vessel's hull and the inside and outside of the boilers and equipment in so far as the vessel is covered by this Annex. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the structure, boilers, and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installations, radio installations, radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats, portable radio apparatus for survival craft, emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs), life-saving appliances, fire detecting and extinguishing systems, radar, echosounding devices, gyro-compasses and other equipment fully comply with the requirements of this Annex. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the vessel and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory and that the vessel is provided with the lights, means of making sound signals and distress signals, required by this Annex and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force. Where pilot ladders are carried these shall also be surveyed to ensure that they are in a safe working condition and comply with the relevant requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea in force.

    • (b) Periodical surveys at intervals specified below:

      • (i) four years in the case of the structure and machinery of the vessel referred to in Chapters II, III, IV, V and VI. However, the period may be extended for one year subject to the vessel being surveyed internally or externally as far as it is reasonable and practicable;

      • (ii) two years in the case of the equipment of the vessel referred to in Chapters II, III, IV, V, VI, VII and X; and

      • (iii) one year in the case of the radio installations and radio direction-finder of the vessel referred to in Chapters IX and X.

      The survey shall be such as to ensure that the items referred to in sub-paragraph (a), in particular the safety equipment, fully comply with the applicable requirements of this Annex, that the said equipment is in good working order and that the stability information is readily available on board. However, where the duration of the certificate issued under Regulation 7 is extended as specified in Regulation 11(2) or (4), the interval of the periodical survey may be extended correspondingly.

    • (c) Intermediate surveys in the case of the structure of machinery and equipment of the vessel at intervals specified by the Administration. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that alterations which would adversely affect the safety of the vessel or the crew have not been made. Such intermediate surveys and their intervals shall be endorsed on the International Fishing Vessel Safety Certificate issued under Regulation 7.

  • (2) Surveys of the vessel with a view to the enforcement of the requirements of this Annex shall be carried out by officers of the Administration. The Administration may, however, entrust the surveys either to surveyors nominated for the purpose or to organizations recognized by it. In every case the Administration concerned shall be satisfied with regard to the completeness and efficiency of the surveys.

  • (3) After any survey of the vessel under this Regulation has been completed, no significant change shall be made to the structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements or material covered by the survey without the sanction of the Administration, except the direct replacement of such equipment or fittings.

Regulation 7. Issue of Certificates [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) A certificate entitled an International Fishing Vessel Safety Certificate shall be issued after survey of a vessel which complies with the applicable requirements of this Annex.

    • (b) When an exemption is granted to a vessel under, and in accordance with, the provisions of this Annex, a certificate entitled an International Fishing Vessel Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificate prescribed in sub-paragraph (a).

  • (2) The certificates referred to in paragraph (1) shall be issued either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by the Administration. In every case, the Administration shall assume full responsibility for the issuance of the certificate.

Regulation 8. Issue of a Certificate by another Party [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A Party may, at the request of another Party, cause a vessel to be surveyed and, if satisfied that the requirements of this Annex are complied with, shall issue or authorize the issue of certificates to the vessel in accordance with the provisions of this Annex.

  • (2) A copy of the certificate and a copy of the survey report shall be transmitted as soon as possible to the requesting Administration.

  • (3) A certificate so issued shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the other Administration and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as the certificates issued under Regulation 7.

Regulation 9. Form of Certificates [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The certificates shall be drawn up in the official language or languages of the issuing country in the form corresponding to the model given in Appendix 1. If the language used is neither English nor French, the text shall include a translation into one of these languages.

Regulation 10. Posting up of Certificates [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

All certificates or certified copies thereof issued under this Annex shall be posted up in a prominent and accessible place in the vessel.

Regulation 11. Validity of Certificates [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) An International Fishing Vessel Safety Certificate shall be issued for a period of not more than four years and shall not be extended for more than one year subject to the periodical and intermediate surveys as required in Regulation 6(1)(b) and (c), except as provided for in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this Regulation. An International Fishing Vessel Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longer than the period of the International Fishing Vessel Safety Certificate.

  • (2) If at the time when the validity of its certificate expires or ceases, a vessel is not in a port of the Party whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, the validity of the certificate may be extended by that Party, but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the vessel to complete its voyage to a port of that Party or to the port in which it is to be surveyed and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so.

  • (3) No certificate shall be thus extended for a period longer than five months and a vessel to which such extension is granted shall not on its arrival in a port of the Party whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly or the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extention to leave such port without having obtained a new certificate.

  • (4) A certificate which has not been extended under the provisions of paragraph (2) may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it.

  • (5) A certificate shall cease to be valid:

    • (a) if major alterations have taken place in the construction, equipment, fittings, arrangements, or material required without the sanction of the Administration, except the direct replacement of such equipment of fittings;

    • (b) if periodical or intermediate surveys are not carried out within the periods specified under Regulation 6(1)(b) and (c) or as they may have been extended in accordance with paragraph (2), or (4) of this Regulation;

    • (c) upon transfer of a vessel to the flag of another State. In the case of a transfer between Parties, the Party whose flag the vessel was formerly entitled to fly shall, on request, transmit as soon as possible to the other Party copies of the certificates carried by the vessel before the transfer and, if available, copies of the relevant survey reports.

CHAPTER II. - CONSTRUCTION, WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY AND EQUIPMENT [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 12. Construction [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Strength and construction of hull, superstructures, deckhouses, machinery casings, companionways and any other structures and vessel's equipment shall be sufficient to withstand all foreseeable conditions of the intended service and shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) The hull of vessels intended for operation in ice shall be strengthened in accordance with the anticipated conditions of navigation and area of operation.

  • (3) Bulkheads, closing devices and closures of openings in these bulkheads, as well as methods for testing, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Administration. Vessels constructed of material other than wood shall be fitted with a collision bulkhead and at least with watertight bulkheads bounding the main machinery space. Such bulkheads shall be extended up to the working deck. In vessels constructed of wood such bulkheads, which as far as practicable shall be watertight, shall also be fitted.

  • (4) Pipes piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with suitable valves operable from above the working deck and the valve chest shall be secured at the collision bulkhead inside the forepeak. No door, manhole, ventilation duct or any other opening shall be fitted in the collision bulkhead below the working deck.

  • (5) Where a long forward superstructure is fitted, the collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the working deck. The extension need not be fitted directly over the bulkhead below provided it is located within the limits given in Regulation 2(21) and the part of the deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight.

  • (6) The number of openings in the collision bulkhead above the working deck shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and normal operation of the vessel. Such openings shall be capable of being closed weathertight.

  • (7) In vessels of 75 metres in length and over, a watertight double bottom shall be fitted, as far as practicable, between the collision bulkhead and the afterpeak bulkhead.

Regulation 13. Watertight Doors [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The number of openings in watertight bulkheads, as required by Regulation 12(3), shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the general arrangements and operational needs of the vessel; openings shall be fitted with watertight closing appliances to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight doors shall be of an equivalent strength to the adjacent unpierced structure.

  • (2) In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, such doors may be of the hinged type, which shall be capable of being operated locally from each side of the door and shall normally be kept closed at sea. A notice shall be attached to the door on each side to state that the door shall be kept closed at sea.

  • (3) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over, watertight doors shall be of the sliding type in:

    • (a) spaces where it is intended to open them at sea and if located with their sills below the deepest operating waterline, unless the Administration considers it to be impracticable or unnecessary taking account the type and operation of the vessels; and

    • (b) the lower part of a machinery space where there is access from it to a shaft tunnel. Otherwise watertight doors may be of the hinged type.

  • (4) Sliding watertight doors shall be capable of being operated when the vessel is listed up to 15 degrees either way.

  • (5) Sliding watertight doors whether manually operated or otherwise shall be capable of being operated locally from each side of the door; in vessels of 45 metres in length and over these doors shall also be capable of being operated by remote control from an accessible position above the working deck except when the doors are fitted in crew accommodation spaces.

  • (6) Means shall be provided at remote operating positions to indicate when a sliding door is open or closed.

Regulation 14. Watertight Integrity [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Openings through which water can enter the vessel shall be provided with closing devices in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Chapter. Deck openings which may be open during fishing operations shall normally be arranged near to the vessel's centreline. However the Administration may approve different arrangements if satisfied that the safety of the vessel will not be impaired.

  • (2) Fish flaps on stern trawlers shall be watertight, power-operated and capable of being controlled from any position which provides an unobstructed view of the operation of the flaps.

Regulation 15. Weathertight Doors [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) All access openings in bulkheads of enclosed superstructures and other outer structures through which water could enter and endanger the vessel, shall be fitted with doors permanently attached to the bulkhead, framed and stiffened so that the whole structure is of equivalent strength to the unpierced structure, and weathertight when closed. The means for securing these doors weathertight shall consist of gaskets and clamping devices or other equivalent means and shall be permanently attached to the bulkhead or to the doors themselves, and shall be so arranged that they can be operated from each side of the bulkhead.

  • (2) The height above deck of sills in those doorways, in companionways, erections and machinery casings which give direct access to parts of the deck exposed to the weather and sea shall be at least 600 milimetres on the working deck and at least 300 millimetres on the superstructure deck. Where operating experience has shown justification and on approval of the Administration, these heigths, except in the doorways giving direct access to machinery spaces, may be reduced to not less than 380 millimetres and 150 millimetres respectively.

Regulation 16. Hatchways closed by Wood Covers [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The height above deck of hatchway coamings shall be at least 600 millimetres on exposed parts of the working deck and at least 300 millimetres on the superstructure deck.

  • (2) The finished thickness of wood hatchway covers shall include an allowance for abrasion due to rough handling. In any case, the finished thickness of these covers shall be at least 4 millimetres for each 100 millimetres of unsupported span subject to a minimum of 40 millimetres and the width of their bearing surfaces shall be at least 65 millimetres.

  • (3) Arrangements for securing wood hatchway covers weathertight shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 17. Hatchways closed by Covers other than Wood [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The height above deck of hatchway coamings shall be as specified in Regulation 16(1). Where operating experience has shown justification and on the approval of the Administration the height of these coamings may be reduced, or the coamings omitted entirely, provided that the safety of vessels is not thereby impaired. In this case the hatchway openings shall be kept as small as practicable and the covers be permanently attached by hinges or equivalent means and be capable of being rapidly closed and battened down.

  • (2) For the purpose of strength calculations, it shall be assumed that hatchway covers are subjected to the weight of cargo intended to be carried on them or to the following static loads, whichever is the greater:

    • (a) 10.0 kilonewtons per square metre for vessels of 24 metres in length;

    • (b) 17.0 kilonewtons per square metre for vessels of 100 metres in length and over.

    For intermediate lengths the load values shall be determined by linear interpolation. The Administration may reduce the loads to not less than 75 per cent of the above values for covers to hatchways situated on the superstructure deck in a position abaft a point located 0.25L from the forward perpendicular.

  • (3) Where covers are made of mild steel, the maximum stress calculated according to paragraph (2) multiplied by 4.25 shall not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. Under these loads the deflections shall not be more than 0.0028 times the span.

  • (4) Covers made of materials other than mild steel shall be at least of equivalent strength to those made of mild steel, and their construction shall be of sufficient stiffness ensuring weathertightness under the loads specified in paragraph (2).

  • (5) Covers shall be fitted with clamping devices and gaskets sufficient to ensure weathertightness, or other equivalent arrangements to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 18. Machinery Space Openings [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Machinery space openings shall be framed and enclosed by casings of a strength equivalent to the adjacent superstructure. External access openings therein shall be fitted with doors complying with the requirements of Regulation 15.

  • (2) Openings other than access openings shall be fitted with covers of equivalent strength to the unpierced structure, permanently attached thereto and capable of being closed weathertight.

Regulation 19. Other Deck Openings [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where it is essential for fishing operations, flush deck scuttles of the screw, bayonet or equivalent type and manholes may be fitted provided these are capable of being closed watertight and such devices shall be permanently attached to the adjacent structure. Having regard to the size and disposition of the openings and the design of the closing devices, metal-to-metal closures may be fitted if the Administration is satisfied that they are effectively watertight.

  • (2) Openings other than hatchways, machinery space openings, manholes and flush scuttles in the working or superstructure deck shall be protected by enclosed structures fitted with weathertight doors or their equivalent. Companionways shall be situated as close as practicable to the centreline of the vessel.

Regulation 20. Ventilators [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over, the height above deck of ventilator coamings, other than machinery space ventilator coamings, shall be at least 900 millimetres on the working deck and at least 760 millimetres on the superstructure deck. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, the height of these coamings shall be 760 milimetres and 450 millimetres respectively. The height above deck of machinery space ventilator openings shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Coamings of ventilators shall be of equivalent strength to the adjacent structure and capable of being closed weathertight by closing appliances permanently attached to the ventilator or adjacent structure. Where the coaming of any ventilator exceeds 900 millimetres in height it shall be specially supported.

  • (3) Closing appliances in vessels of 45 metres in length and over need not be fitted to ventilators the coamings of which extend to more than 4.5 metres above the working deck or more than 2.3 metres above the superstructure deck unless specifically required by the Administration. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length, closing appliances need not be fitted to ventilators the coamings of which extend to more than 3.4 metres above the working deck or more than 1.7 metres above the superstructure deck. If the Administration is satisfied that it is unlikely that water will enter the vessel through machinery space ventilators, closing appliances to such ventilators may be omitted.

Regulation 21. Air Pipes [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where air pipes to tanks and void spaces below deck extend above the working or the superstructure decks, the exposed parts of the pipes shall be of strength equivalent to the adjacent structures and fitted with appropriate protection. Openings of air pipes shall be provided with means of closing, permanently attached to the pipe or adjacent structure.

  • (2) The height of air pipes above deck to the point where water may have access below shall be at least 760 millimetres on the working deck and at least 450 millimetres on the superstructure deck. The Administration may accept reduction of the height of an air pipe to avoid interference with the fishing operations.

Regulation 22. Sounding Devices [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Sounding devices, to the satisfaction of the Administration, shall be fitted:

    • (a) to the bilges of those compartments which are not readily accessible at all times during the voyage; and

    • (b) to all tanks and cofferdams.

  • (2) Where sounding pipes are fitted, their upper ends shall be extended to a readily accessible position and, where practicable, above the working deck. Their openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing. Sounding pipes which are not extended above the working deck shall be fitted with automatic self-closing devices.

Regulation 23. Sidescuttles and Windows [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Sidescuttles to spaces below the working deck and to spaces within the enclosed structures on that deck shall be fitted with hinged deadlights capable of being closed watertight.

  • (2) No sidescuttle shall be fitted in such a position that its sill is less than 500 millimetres above the deepest operating waterline.

  • (3) Sidescuttles, together with their glasses and deadlights, shall be of an approved construction.

  • (4) Toughened safety glass or its equivalent shall be used for the wheelhouse windows.

  • (5) The Administration may accept sidescuttles and windows without deadlights in side and aft bulkheads of deckhouses located on or above the working deck if satisfied that the safety of the vessel will not be impaired.

Regulation 24. Inlets and Discharges [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Discharges led through the shell either from spaces below the working deck or from within enclosed superstructures or deckhouses on the working deck fitted with doors complying with the requirements of Regulation 15 shall be fitted with accessible means for preventing water from passing inboard. Normally each separate discharge shall have an automatic non-return valve with a positive means of closing it from an accessible position. Such a valve is not required if the Administration considers that the entry of water into the vessel through the opening is not likely to lead to dangerous flooding and that the thickness of the piping is sufficient. The means for operating the positive action valve shall be provided with an indicator showing whether the valve is open or closed.

  • (2) In manned machinery spaces main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges essential for the operation of machinery may be controlled locally. The controls shall be accessible and shall be provided with indicators showing whether the valves are open or closed.

  • (3) Fittings attached to the shell and the valves required by this Regulation shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. All pipes between the shell and the valves shall be of steel, except that in spaces other than machinery spaces of vessels constructed of material other than steel the Administration may approve the use of other materials.

Regulation 25. Freeing Ports [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where bulwarks on weather parts of the working deck form wells, the minimum freeing port area (A) in square metres, on each side of the vessel for each well on the working deck shall be determined in relation to the length (ℓ) and height of bulwark in the well as follows:

    • (a) A = 0.07ℓ

      (ℓ need not be taken as greater than 0.7 L).

    • (b)

      • (i) Where the bulwark is more than 1 200 millimetres in average height the required area shall be increased by 0.004 square metres per metre of length of well for each 100 millimetres difference in height.

      • (ii) Where the bulwark is less than 900 millimetres in average height, the required area may be decreased by 0.004 square metres per metre of length of well for each 100 millimetres difference in height.

  • (2) The freeing port area calculated according to paragraph (1) shall be increased where the Administration considers that the vessel's sheer is not sufficient to ensure that the deck is rapidly and effectively freed of water.

  • (3) Subject to the approval of the Administration the minimum freeing port area for each well on the superstructure deck shall be not less than one-half the area (A) given in paragraph (1).

  • (4) Freeing ports shall be so arranged along the length of bulwarks as to ensure that the deck is freed of water most rapidly and effectively. Lower edges of freeing ports shall be as near the deck as practicable.

  • (5) Poundboards and means for stowage of the fishing gear shall be arranged so that the effectiveness of freeing ports will not be impaired. Poundboards shall be so constructed that they can be locked in position when in use and shall not hamper the discharge of shipped water.

  • (6) Freeing ports over 300 millimetres in depth shall be fitted with bars spaced not more than 230 millimetres nor less than 150 millimetres apart or provided with other suitable protective arrangements. Freeing port covers, if fitted, shall be of approved construction. If devices are considered necessary for locking freeing port covers during fishing operations they shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and easily operable from a readily accessible position.

  • (7) In vessels intended to operate in areas subject to icing, covers and protective arrangements for freeing ports shall be capable of being easily removed to restrict ice accretion. The size of openings and means provided for removal of these protective arrangements shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 26. Anchor and Mooring Equipment [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Anchor equipment designed for quick and safe operation shall be provided which shall consist of anchoring equipment, anchor chains or wire ropes, stoppers and a windlass or other arrangements for dropping and hoisting the anchor and for holding the vessel at anchor in all foreseeable service conditions. Vessels shall also be provided with adequate mooring equipment for safe mooring in all operating conditions. Anchor and mooring equipment shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

CHAPTER III. - STABILITY AND ASSOCIATED SEAWORTHINESS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 27. General [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels shall be so designed and constructed that the requirements of this Chapter will be satisfied in the operating conditions referred to in Regulation 33. Calculations of the righting lever curves shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 28. Stability Criteria [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The following minimum stability criteria shall be met unless the Administration is satisfied that operating experience justifies departures therefrom:

    • (a) the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) shall not be less than 0.055 metre-radians up to 30 degrees angle of heel and not less than 0.090 metre-radians up to 40 degrees or the angle of flooding θf if this angle is less than 40 degrees. Additionally, the area under the righting lever curve (GZ curve) between the angles of heel of 30 degrees and 40 degrees or between 30 degrees and θf, if this angle is less than 40 degrees shall not be less than 0.030 metre-radians. θf is the angle of heel at which openings in the hull, superstructure or deckhouse which cannot rapidly be closed watertight commence to immerse. In applying this criterion, small openings through which progressive flooding cannot take place need not be considered as open;

    • (b) the righting lever GZ shall be at least 200 millimetres at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30 degrees;

    • (c) the maximum righting lever GZmax shall occur at an angle of heel preferably exceeding 30 degrees but not less than 25 degrees;

    • (d) the initial metacentric height GM shall not be less than 350 millimetres for single deck vessels. In vessels with complete superstructure or vessels of 70 metres in length and over the metacentric height may be reduced to the satisfaction of the Administration but in no case shall be less than 150 millimetres.

  • (2) Where arrangements other than bilge keels are provided to limit the angles of roll, the Administration shall be satisfied that the stability criteria given in paragraph (1) are maintained in all operating conditions.

  • (3) Where ballast is provided to ensure compliance with paragraph (1), its nature and arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 29. Flooding of Fish-holds [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The angle of heel at which progressive flooding of fish-holds could occur through hatches which remain open during fishing operations and which cannot rapidly be closed shall be at least 20 degrees unless the stability criteria of Regulation 28(1) can be satisfied with the respective fish-holds partially or completely flooded.

Regulation 30. Particular Fishing Methods [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels engaged in particular fishing methods where additional external forces are imposed on the vessel during fishing operations, shall meet the stability criteria of Regulation 28(1) increased, if necessary, to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 31. Severe Wind and Rolling [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels shall be able to withstand, to the satisfaction of the Administration, the effect of severe wind and rolling in associated sea conditions taking account of the seasonal weather conditions, the sea states in which the vessel will operate, the type of vessel and its mode of operation.

Regulation 32. Water on Deck [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels shall be able to withstand, to the satisfaction of the Administration, the effect of water on deck, taking account of the seasonal weather conditions, the sea states in which the vessel will operate, the type of vessel and its mode of operation.

Regulation 33. Operating Conditions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The number and type of operating conditions to be considered shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall include the following:

    • (a) departure for the fishing grounds with full fuel, stores, ice, fishing gear, etc.;

    • (b) departure from the fishing grounds with full catch;

    • (c) arrival at home port with full catch and 10 per cent stores, fuel, etc.; and

    • (d) arrival at home port with 20 per cent of full catch and 10 per cent stores, fuel, etc.

  • (2) In addition to the specific operating conditions given in paragraph (1) the Administration shall also be satisfied that the minimum stability criteria given in Regulation 28 are met under all other actual operating conditions including, those which produce the lowest values of the stability parameters contained in these criteria. The Administration shall also be satisfied that those special conditions associated with a change in the vessel's mode or areas of operation which affect the stability considerations of this Chapter are taken into account.

  • (3) Concerning the conditions referred to in paragraph (1), the calculations shall include the following:

    • (a) allowance for the weight of the wet fishing nets and tackle, etc. on the deck;

    • (b) allowance for ice accretion, if anticipated, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 34;

    • (c) homogeneous distribution of the catch, unless this is inconsistent with practice;

    • (d) catch on deck, if anticipated, in operating conditions referred to in paragraph (1)(b) and (c) and paragraph (2);

    • (e) waterballast if carried either in tanks which are especially provided for this purpose or in other tanks also equipped for carrying water ballast; and

    • (f) allowance for the free surface effect of liquids and, if applicable, catch carried.

Regulation 34. Ice Accretion [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) For vessels operating in areas where ice accretion is likely to occur the following icing allowance shall be made in the stability calculations:

    • (a) 30 kilogrammes per square metre on exposed weather decks and gangways;

    • (b) 7.5 kilogrammes per square metre for projected lateral area of each side of the vessel above the water plane;

    • (c) the projected lateral area of discontinuous surfaces of rail, spars (except masts) and rigging of vessels having no sails and the projected lateral area of other small objects shall be computed by increasing the total projected area of continuous surfaces by 5 per cent and the static moments of this area by 10 per cent.

  • (2) Vessels intended for operation in areas where ice accretion is known to occur shall be:

    • (a) designed to minimize the accretion of ice; and

    • (b) equipped with such means for removing ice as the Administration may require.

Regulation 35. Inclining Test [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every vessel shall undergo an inclining test upon its completion and the actual displacement and position of the centre of gravity shall be determined for the light ship condition.

  • (2) Where alterations are made to a vessel affecting its light ship condition and the position of the centre of gravity, the vessel shall, if the Administration considers this necessary, be re-inclined and the stability information revised.

  • (3) The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual vessel to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted vessel can be obtained from such basic data.

Regulation 36. Stability Information [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Suitable stability information shall be supplied to enable the skipper to assess with ease and certainty the stability of the vessel under various operating conditions. Such information shall include specific instructions to the skipper warning him of those operating conditions which could adversely affect either the stability or the trim of the vessel. A copy of the stability information shall be submitted to the Administration for approval.

  • (2) The approved stability information shall be kept on board, readily accessible at all times and inspected at the periodical surveys of the vessel to ensure that is has been approved for the actual operating conditions.

  • (3) Where alterations are made to a vessel affecting its stability revised stability calculations shall be prepared and submitted to the Administration for approval. If the Administration decides that the stability information must be revised, the new information shall be supplied to the skipper and the superseded information removed.

Regulation 37. Portable Fish-hold Divisions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The catch shall be properly secured against shifting which could cause dangerous trim or heel of the vessel. The scantlings of portable fish-hold divisions, if fitted, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 38. Bow Height [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The bow height shall be sufficient, to the satisfaction of the Administration, to prevent the excessive shipping of water and shall be determined taking account of the seasonal weather conditions, the sea states in which the vessel will operate, the type of vessel and its mode of operation.

Regulation 39. Maximum Permissible Operating Draught [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

A maximum permissible operating draught shall be approved by the Administration and shall be such that, in the associated operating condition, the stability criteria of this Chapter and the requirements of Chapters II and VI as appropriate are satisfied.

Regulation 40. Subdivision and Damage Stability [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels of 100 metres in length and over, where the total number of persons carried is 100 or more, shall be capable, to the satisfaction of the Administration, of remaining afloat with positive stability, after the flooding of any one compartment assumed damaged, having regard to the type of vessel, the intended service and area of operation.

CHAPTER IV. - MACHINERY AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

PART A. - GENERAL [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 41. General [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Machinery installations

  • (1) Main propulsion, control, steam pipe, fuel oil, compressed air, electrical and refrigeration systems; auxiliary machinery; boilers and other pressure vessels; piping and pumping arrangements; steering equipment and gears, shafts and couplings for power transmission shall be designed, constructed, tested, installed and serviced to the satisfaction of the Administration. This machinery and equipment, as well as lifting gear, winches, fish handling and fish processing equipment shall be protected so as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board. Special attention shall be paid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other dangers.

  • (2) Machinery spaces shall be so designed as to provide safe and free access to all machinery and its controls as well as to any other parts which may require servicing. Such spaces shall be adequately ventilated.

  • (3)

    • (a) Means shall be provided whereby the operational capability of the propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes inoperative. Special consideration shall be given to the functioning of:

      • (i) the arrangements which supply fuel oil pressure for main propulsion machinery;

      • (ii) the normal sources of lubricating oil pressure;

      • (iii) the hydraulic, pneumatic and electrical means for the control of main propulsion machinery including controllable pitch propellers;

      • (iv) the sources of water pressure for main propulsion cooling systems; and

      • (v) an air compressor and an air receiver for starting or control purposes;

      provided that the Administration may, having regard to overall safety considerations, accept a partial reduction in capability in lieu of full normal operation.

    • (b) Means shall be provided whereby the machinery can be brought into operation from the dead ship condition without external aid.

  • (4) Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the vessel shall, as fitted, be capable of operating whether the vessel is upright or listed up to 15 degrees either way under static conditions and up to 22½ degrees either way under dynamic conditions, i.e. when rolling either way and simultaneously pitching (inclined dynamically) up to 7½ degrees by bow or stern. The Administration may permit deviation from these angles, taking into consideration the type, size and service conditions of the vessel.

  • (5) Special consideration shall be given to the design, construction and installation of propulsion machinery systems so that any mode of their vibrations shall not cause undue stresses in such machinery systems in the normal operating ranges.

Electrical installations

  • (6) The design and construction of electrical installations shall be such as to provide:

    • (a) the services necessary to maintain the vessel in normal operational and habitable conditions without having recourse to an emergency source of power;

    • (b) the services essential to safety when failure of the main source of electrical power occurs; and

    • (c) protection of the crew and vessel from electrical hazards.

  • (7) The Administration shall be satisfied that Regulations 54 to 56 are uniformly implemented and applied.

Periodically unattended machinery spaces

  • (8) Regulations 57 to 62 shall apply, in addition to Regulations 41 to 56 and 63 to 105, to vessels with periodically unattended machinery spaces.

  • (9) Measures shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration to ensure that all equipment is functioning in a reliable manner in all operating conditions, including manoeuvring, and that arrangements to the satisfaction of the Administration are made for regular inspections and routine tests to ensure continuous reliable operation.

  • (10) Vessels shall be provided with documentary evidence to the satisfaction of the Administration of their fitness to operate with periodically unattended machinery spaces.

PART B. - MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(See also Regulation 41)

Regulation 42. Machinery [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the vessel shall be provided with effective means of control.

  • (2) Internal combustion engines of a cylinder diameter greater than 200 millimetres or a crankcase volume greater than 0.6 cubic metres shall be provided with crankcase explosion relief valves of an approved type with sufficient relief area.

  • (3) Where main or auxiliary machinery including pressure vessels or any parts of such machinery are subject to internal pressure and may be subject to dangerous overpressure, means shall be provided, where applicable, which will protect against such excessive pressure.

  • (4) All gearing and every shaft and coupling used for transmission of power to machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the vessel or the safety of persons on board shall be so designed and constructed that it will withstand the maximum working stresses to which it may be subjected in all service conditions. Due consideration shall be given to the type of engines by which it is driven or of which it forms part.

  • (5) Main propulsion machinery and, where applicable, auxiliary machinery shall be provided with automatic shut-off arrangements in the case of failures, such as lubricating oil supply failure, which could lead rapidly to damage, complete breakdown or explosion. An advance alarm shall also be provided so that warning is given before automatic shut-off but the Administration may permit provisions for overriding automatic shut-off devices. The Administration may also exempt vessels from the provisions of this paragraph, giving consideration to the type of vessel or its specific service.

Regulation 43. Means of Going Astern [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Vessels shall have sufficient power for going astern to secure proper control of the vessel in all normal circumstances.

  • (2) The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in sufficient time and so to bring the vessel to rest within a reasonable distance from maximum ahead service speed shall be demonstrated at sea.

Regulation 44. Steam Boilers, Feed Systems and Steam Piping Arrangements [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every steam boiler and every unfired steam generator shall be provided with not less than two safety valves of adequate capacity. Provided that the Administration may, having regard to the output or any other features of any steam boiler or unfired steam generator, permit only one safety valve to be fitted if satisfied that adequate protection against overpressure is thereby provided.

  • (2) Every oil fired steam boiler which is intended to operate without manual supervision shall have safety arrangements which shut off the fuel supply and give an alarm in the case of low water level, air supply failure or flame failure.

  • (3) The Administration shall give special consideration to steam boiler installations to ensure that feed systems, monitoring devices, and safety provisions are adequate in all respects to ensure the safety of boilers, steam pressure vessels and steam piping arrangements.

Regulation 45. Communication between the Wheelhouse and Machinery Space [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Two separate means of communication between the wheelhouse and the machinery space control platform shall be provided. One of the means shall be an engine room telegraph except that in vessels of less than 45 metres in length, where the propulsion machinery is directly controlled from the wheelhouse, the Administration may accept means of communication other than an engine room telegraph.

Regulation 46. Wheelhouse Control of Propulsion Machinery [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where remote control of propulsion machinery is provided from the wheelhouse, the following shall apply:

    • (a) under all operating conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the wheelhouse;

    • (b) the remote control referred to in sub-paragraph (a) shall be performed by means of a control device to the satisfaction of the Administration with, where necessary, means of preventing overload of the propulsion machinery;

    • (c) the main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device in the wheelhouse and independent from the wheelhouse control system referred to in sub-paragraph (a);

    • (d) remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one station at a time; at any control station interlocked control units may be permitted. There shall be at each station an indicator showing which station is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the wheelhouse and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the machinery space or control room. On vessels of less than 45 metres in length the Administration may permit the control station in the machinery space to be an emergency station only, provided that the monitoring and control in the wheelhouse is adequate;

    • (e) indicators shall be fitted in the wheelhouse for:

      • (i) propeller speed and direction in the case of fixed propellers;

      • (ii) propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers; and

      • (iii) advance alarm as required in Regulation 42(5);

    • (f) it shall be possible to control the propulsion machinery locally, even in the case of failure in any part of the remote control system;

    • (g) unless the Administration considers it impracticable the design of the remote control system shall be such that if it fails an alarm will be given and the pre-set speed and direction of thrust will be maintained until local control is in operation;

    • (h) special arrangements shall be provided to ensure that automatic starting shall not exhaust the starting possibilities. An alarm shall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure and shall be set at a level which will still permit main engine starting operations.

  • (2) Where the main propulsion and associated machinery including sources of main electrical supply are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manned supervision from a control room, the control room shall be so designed, equipped and installed that the machinery operation will be as safe and effective as if it were under direct supervision.

  • (3) In general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shall include means for manually overriding the automatic means, even in the case of failure of any part of the automatic and remote control system.

Regulation 47. Air Pressure Systems [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Means shall be provided to prevent excess pressure in any part of compressed air systems and wherever water-jackets or casings of air compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous excess pressure due to leakage into them from air pressure parts. Suitable pressure-relief arrangements shall be provided.

  • (2) The main starting air arrangements for main propulsion internal combustion engines shall be adequately protected against the effects of backfiring and internal explosion in the starting air pipes.

  • (3) All discharge pipes from starting air compressors shall lead directly to the starting air receivers and all starting pipes from the air receivers to main or auxiliary engines shall be entirely separate from the compressor discharge pipe system.

  • (4) Provision shall be made to reduce to a minimum the entry of oil into the air pressure systems and to drain these systems.

Regulation 48. Arrangements for Fuel Oil, Lubricating Oil and Other Flammable Oils [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Fuel oil which has a flashpoint of less than 60 degrees celsius (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus shall not be used as fuel, except in emergency generators, in which case the flashpoint shall be not less than 43 degrees celsius. Provided that the Administration may permit the general use of fuel oil having a flashpoint of not less than 43 degrees celsius subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the temperature of the space in which such fuel is stored or used shall not rise to within 10 degrees celsius below the flashpoint of the fuel.

  • (2) Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of fuel oil contained in any oil tank shall be provided. If sounding pipes are installed, their upper ends shall terminate in safe positions and shall be fitted with suitable means of closure. Tubular gauge glasses shall not be fitted, but suitably protected gauges having flat glasses of substantial thickness and self-closing fittings may be used. Other means of ascertaining the amount of fuel oil contained in any fuel oil tank may be permitted providing their failure or overfilling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel.

  • (3) Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the fuel oil system including the filling pipes. Relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position and in a manner which is safe.

  • (4) Subject to the satisfaction of the Administration, fuel oil pipes which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valve on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire arising in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be capable of being operated outside this space.

  • (5) Pumps forming part of the fuel oil system shall be separate from any other system and the connexions of any such pumps shall be provided with an efficient relief valve which shall be in closed circuit. Where fuel oil tanks are alternatively used as liquid ballast tanks, proper means shall be provided to isolate the fuel oil and ballast systems.

  • (6) No oil tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.

  • (7)

    • (a) Fuel oil pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other equivalent material, provided that restricted use of flexible pipes may be permitted in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of adequate strength and shall, to the satisfaction of the Administration, be constructed of approved fire resistant materials or have fire-resistant coatings.

    • (b) Where necessary, fuel oil and lubricating oil pipelines shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid, as far as practicable, oil spray or oil leakage on heated surfaces or into machinery air intakes. The number of joints in piping systems shall be kept to a minimum.

  • (8) As far as practicable, fuel oil tanks shall be part of the vessel's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of Category A. Where fuel oil tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of Category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks where fitted and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery space shall be kept to a minimum. When such tanks are sited within the boundaries of machinery spaces of Category A they shall not contain fuel oil having a flashpoint of less than 60 degrees celsius (closed cup test). In general, the use of free-standing fuel oil tanks shall be avoided in fire hazard areas, and particularly in machinery spaces of Category A. When free-standing fuel oil tanks are permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.

  • (9) The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.

  • (10) The arrangements for the storage, distribution and use of oil employed in pressure lubrication systems shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such arrangements in machinery spaces of Category A and, wherever practicable, in other machinery spaces shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs (1), (3), (6) and (7) and in so far as the Administration may consider necessary with paragraphs (2) and (4). This does not preclude the use of sight flow glasses in lubrication systems provided they are shown by test to have a suitable degree of fire resistance.

  • (11) The arrangements for the storage, distribution and use of flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems other than oils referred to in paragraph (10) in control and activating systems and heating systems shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. In locations where means of ignition are present such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (6) and with the provisions of paragraphs (3) and (7) in respect of strength and construction.

Regulation 49. Bilge Pumping Arrangements [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) An efficient bilge pumping plant shall be provided which under all practical conditions shall be capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment which is neither a permanent oil tank nor a permanent water tank whether the vessel is upright or listed. Wing suctions shall be provided if necessary for that purpose. Arrangements shall be provided for easy flow of water to the suction pipes. Provided the Administration is satisfied that the safety of the vessel is not impaired the bilge pumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.

  • (2)

    • (a) At least two independently driven power bilge pumps shall be provided, one of which may be driven by the main engine. A ballast pump or other general service pump of sufficient capacity may be used as a power driven bilge pump.

    • (b) Power bilge pumps shall be capable of giving a speed of water of at least 2 metres per second through the main bilge pipe which shall have an internal diameter of at least:

      Bijlage 10000051550.png

      where: d is the internal diameter in millimetres, and L, B and D are in metres.

    • (c) Each of the bilge pumps provided in accordance with this Regulation shall be provided with a direct bilge suction, one of these suctions drawing from the port side of the machinery space and the other from the starboard side, except that in the case of a vessel of less than 75 metres in length only one bilge pump need be provided with a direct bilge suction.

    • (d) No bilge suction shall have an inside diameter of less than 50 millimetres. The arrangement and sizing of the bilge system shall be such that the full rated capacity of the pump specified above can be applied to each of the watertight compartments located between the collision and afterpeak bulkheads.

  • (3) A bilge ejector in combination with an independently driven high pressure sea-water pump may be installed as a substitute for one independently driven bilge pump required by paragraph (2)(a), provided this arrangement is to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (4) In vessels where fish handling or processing may cause quantities of water to accumulate in enclosed spaces, adequate drainage shall be provided.

  • (5) Bilge pipes shall not be led through fuel oil, ballast or double bottom tanks, unless these pipes are of heavy gauge steel construction.

  • (6) Bilge and ballast pumping systems shall be arranged so as to prevent water passing from the sea or from water ballast spaces into holds or into machinery spaces or from one watertight compartment to another. The bilge connexion to any pump which draws from the sea or from water ballast spaces shall be fitted with either a non-return valve or a cock which cannot be opened simultaneously either to the bilges and to the sea or to the bilges and water ballast spaces. Valves in bilge distribution boxes shall be of a non-return type.

  • (7) Any bilge pipe piercing a collision bulkhead shall be fitted with a positive means of closing at the bulkhead with remote control from the working deck with an indicator showing the position of the valve provided that, if the valve is fitted on the after side of the bulkhead and is readily accessible under all service conditions, the remote control may be dispensed with.

Regulation 50. Protection against Noise [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Measures shall be taken to reduce the effects of noise upon personnel in machinery spaces to levels satisfactory to the Administration.

Regulation 51. Steering Gear [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Vessels shall be provided with a main steering gear and an auxiliary means of actuating the rudder to the satisfaction of the Administration. The main steering gear and the auxiliary means of actuating the rudder shall be arranged so that so far as is reasonable and practicable a single failure in one of them will not render the other one inoperative.

  • (2) Where the main steering gear comprises two or more identical power units an auxiliary steering gear need not be fitted if the main steering gear is capable of operating the rudder as required by paragraph (10) when any one of the units is out of operation. Each of the power units shall be operated from a separate circuit.

  • (3) The position of the rudder, if power operated, shall be indicated in the wheelhouse. The rudder angle indication for power-operated steering gear shall be independent of the steering gear control system.

  • (4) In the event of failure of any of the steering gear units an alarm shall be given in the wheelhouse.

  • (5) Indicators for running indication of the motors of electric and electrohydraulic steering gear shall be installed in the wheelhouse. Short circuit protection, an overload alarm and a no-voltage alarm shall be provided for these circuits and motors. Protection against excess current, if provided, shall be for not less than twice the full load current of the motor or circuit so protected, and shall be arranged to permit the passage of the appropriate starting currents.

  • (6) The main steering gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the vessel at maximum service speed. The main steering gear and rudder stock shall be so designed that they will not be damaged at maximum speed astern or by manoeuvring during fishing operations.

  • (7) The main steering gear shall, with the vessel at its maximum permissible operating draught, be capable of putting the rudder over from 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other side with the vessel running ahead at maximum service speed. The rudder shall be capable of being put over from 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in not more than 28 seconds, under the same conditions. The main steering gear shall be operated by power where necessary to fulfil these requirements.

  • (8) The main steering gear power unit shall be arranged to start either by manual means in the wheelhouse or automatically when power is restored after a power failure.

  • (9) The auxiliary means for actuating the rudder shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the vessel at navigable speed and capable of being brought speedily into action in an emergency.

  • (10) The auxiliary means for actuating the rudder shall be capable of putting the rudder over from 15 degrees on one side to 15 degrees on the other side in not more than 60 seconds with the vessel running at one half of its maximum service speed ahead or 7 knots whichever is the greater. The auxiliary means for actuating the rudder shall be operated by power where necessary to fulfil these requirements.

  • (11) Electric or electrohydraulic steering gear in vessels of 75 metres in length and over shall be served by at least two circuits fed from the main switchboard and these circuits shall be as widely separated as possible.

Regulation 52. Engineers' Alarm [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

In vessels of 75 metres in length and over an engineers' alarm shall be provided to be operated from the engine control room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate, and shall be clearly audible in the engineers' accommodation.

Regulation 53. Refrigeration Systems for Preservation of the Catch [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Refrigeration systems shall be so designed, constructed, tested and installed as to take account of the safety of the systems considering the degree of possible harm to persons from the refrigerant used and shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Refrigerants to be used in refrigeration systems shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. However, methylchloride shall not be used as a refrigerant.

  • (3)

    • (a) Refrigerating installations shall be adequately protected against vibration, shock, expansion, shrinkage, etc. and shall be provided with an automatic safety control device to prevent a dangerous rise in temperature and pressure.

    • (b) Refrigeration systems in which toxic or flammable refrigerants are used shall be provided with drainage devices leading to a place where the refrigerant presents no danger to the vessels or to persons on board.

  • (4)

    • (a) Any space containing refrigerating machinery including condensers and gas tanks utilizing toxic refrigerants shall be separated from any adjacent space by gastight bulkheads. Any space containing the refrigerating machinery including condensers and gas tanks shall be fitted with a leak detection system having an indicator outside the space adjacent to the entrance and shall be provided with an independent ventilation system and a water spray system.

    • (b) When such containment is not practicable, clue to the size of the vessel, the refrigeration system may be installed in the machinery space provided that the quantity of refrigerant used will not cause danger to persons in the machinery space, should all the gas escape, and provided that an alarm is fitted to give warning of a dangerous concentration of gas should any leakage occur in the compartment.

  • (5) In refrigerating machinery spaces and refrigerating rooms, alarms shall be connected to the wheelhouse or control stations or escape exits to prevent persons being trapped. At least one exit from each such space shall be capable of being opened from the inside. Where practicable, exits from the spaces containing refrigerating machinery using toxic or flammable gas shall not lead directly into any accommodation spaces.

  • (6) Where any refrigerant harmful to persons is used in a refrigeration system, at least two sets of breathing apparatus shall be provided, one of which shall be placed in a position not likely to become inaccessible in the event of leakage of refrigerant. Breathing apparatus provided as part of the vessel's fire-fighting equipment may be considered as meeting all or part of this provision provided its location meets both purposes. Where self-contained breathing apparatus is used, spare cylinders shall be provided.

  • (7) Adequate guidance for the safe operation and emergency procedures for the refrigeration system shall be provided by suitable notices displayed on board the vessel.

PART C. - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(See also Regulation 41)

Regulation 54. Main Source of Electrical Power [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Where electrical power constitutes the only means of maintaining auxiliary services essential for the propulsion and the safety of the vessel, a main source of electrical power shall be provided which shall include at least two generating sets, one of which may be driven by the main engine. The Administration may accept other arrangements having equivalent electrical capability.

    • (b) The power of these sets shall be such as to ensure the functioning of the services referred to in Regulation 41(6)(a), excluding the power required in fishing activities, processing and preservation of the catch, in the event of any one of these generating sets being stopped. However, in vessels of less than 45 metres in length, in the event of any one of the generating sets being stopped, it shall only be necessary to ensure the functioning of services essential for propulsion and safety of the vessel.

    • (c) The arrangement of the vessel's main source of electrical power shall be such that the services referred to in Regulation 41(6)(a) can be maintained regardless of the number of revolutions and direction of the main propelling engines or shafting.

    • (d) Where transformers constitute an essential part of the supply system required by this paragraph, the system shall be so arranged as to ensure continuity of the supply.

  • (2)

    • (a) The arrangement of the main lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in the space or spaces containing the main source of electrical power, including transformers, if any, will not render the emergency lighting system inoperative.

    • (b) The arrangement of the emergency lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in the space or spaces containing the emergency source of electrical power, including transformers, if any, will not render the main lighting system inoperative.

Regulation 55. Emergency source of Electrical Power [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A self-contained emergency source of electrical power located, to the satisfaction of the Administration, outside the machinery spaces shall be provided and so arranged as to ensure its functioning in the event of fire or other causes of failure of the main electrical installations.

  • (2) The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting current and the transitory nature of certain loads, of serving simultaneously for a period of at least three hours:

    • (a) internal communication equipment, fire detecting systems and signals which may be required in an emergency;

    • (b) the navigation lights if solely electrical and the emergency lights:

      • (i) of launching stations and overside of the vessel;

      • (ii) in all alleyways, stairways and exits;

      • (iii) in spaces containing machinery or the emergency source of power;

      • (iv) in control stations; and

      • (v) in fish handling and fish processing spaces; and

    • (c) the operation of the emergency fire pump, if any.

  • (3) The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery.

  • (4)

    • (a) Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be provided both with an independent fuel supply and with efficient starting arrangements to the satisfaction of the Administration. Unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generator is provided the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system.

    • (b) Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery it shall be capable of carrying the emergency load without recharging whilst maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within plus or minus 12 per cent of its nominal voltage. In the event of failure of the main power supply this accumulator battery shall be automatically connected to the emergency switchboard and shall immediately supply at least those services specified in paragraph (2)(a) and (b). The emergency switchboard shall be provided with an auxiliary switch allowing the battery to be connected manually, in case of failure of the automatic connexion system.

  • (5) The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of power and shall be located in accordance with paragraph (1). Where the emergency source of power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same place unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.

  • (6) An accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this Regulation, other than batteries fitted for the radio transmitter and receiver in vessels of less than 45 metres in length, shall be installed in a well ventilated space which shall not be the space containing the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the battery constituting the emergency source of power is being discharged. The emergency switchboard is to be supplied in normal operation from the main switchboard by an inter-connector feeder which is to be protected at the main switchboard against overload and short circuit. The arrangement at the emergency switchboard shall be such that the inter-connector feeder is disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main power supply, and for vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall provide for automatic connexion of the emergency supply in the event of such failure. When the system is arranged for feedback operation, the inter-connector feeder shall also be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.

  • (7) The emergency generator and its prime mover and any accumulator battery shall be so arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the vessel is upright and when rolling up to an angle of 22½ degrees either way and simultaneously pitching 10 degrees by bow or stern, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.

  • (8) The emergency source of electrical power and automatic starting equipment shall be so constructed and arranged as to enable adequate testing to be carried out by the crew while the vessel is in operating condition.

Regulation 56. Precautions against Shock, Fire and Other Hazards of Electrical Origin [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Exposed permanently fixed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be “live”, but which are liable under fault conditions to become “live” shall be earthed (grounded) unless:

      • (i) they are supplied at a voltage not exceeding 55 volts direct current or 55 volts, root mean square, between conductors; autotransformers shall not be used for the purpose of achieving this alternative current voltage; or

      • (ii) they are supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 volts by safety isolating transformers supplying one consuming device only; or

      • (iii) they are constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation.

    • (b) Portable electrical equipment shall operate at a safe voltage, exposed metal parts of such equipment which are not intended to have a voltage but which may have such under fault conditions, shall be earthed. The Administration may require additional precautions for portable electric lamps, tools or similar apparatus for use in confined or exceptionally damp spaces where particular risks due to conductivity may exist.

    • (c) Electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed that it shall not cause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.

  • (2) Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easy access as may be needed to apparatus and equipment, without danger to attendants. The sides and backs and, where necessary, the fronts of switchboards, shall be suitably guarded. Exposed “live” parts having voltages to earth exceeding a voltage to be specified by the Administration shall not be installed on the front of such switchboards. There shall be non-conducting mats or gratings at the front and rear, where necessary.

  • (3)

    • (a) The hull return system of distribution shall not be used for power, heating or lighting in vessels of 75 metres in length and over.

    • (b) The requirement of sub-paragraph (a) does not preclude, under conditions approved by the Administration, the use of:

      • (i) impressed current cathodic protective systems;

      • (ii) limited and locally earthed systems; or

      • (iii) insulation level monitoring devices provided the circulation current does not exceed 30 milliamperes under the most unfavourable conditions.

    • (c) Where the hull return system is used, all final sub-circuits (all circuits fitted after the last protective device) shall be two wire and special precautions shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (4) Where a distribution system, whether primary or secondary, for power, heating or lighting, with no connexion to earth is used, a device capable of continuously monitoring the insulation level to earth and of giving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation values shall be provided.

  • (5)

    • (a) Except as permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances, all metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed.

    • (b) All electrical cables shall be at least of a flame-retardant type and shall be so installed as not to impair their original flame-retarding properties. The Administration may permit the use of special types of cables when necessary for particular applications, such as radio frequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing.

    • (c) Cables and wiring serving essential or emergency power, lighting, internal communications or signals shall as far as practicable be routed clear of galleys, machinery spaces of Category A and other high fire risk areas and laundries, fish handling and fish processing spaces and other spaces where there is a high moisture content. Cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency switchboard shall be of a fire resistant type where they pass through high fire risk areas. Where practicable all such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.

    • (d) Where cables which are installed in spaces where the risk of fire or explosion exists in the events of an electrical fault, special precautions against such risks shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • (e) Wiring shall be supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other damage.

    • (f) Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be made such that they retain the original electrical, mechanical, flame-retarding and, where necessary, fire-resisting properties of the cable.

    • (g) Cables installed in refrigerated compartments shall be suitable for low temperatures and high humidity.

  • (6)

    • (a) Circuits shall be protected against short circuit. Circuits shall also be protected against overload, except in accordance with Regulation 51 or where the Administration may exceptionally otherwise permit.

    • (b) The rating or appropriate setting of the overload protective device for each circuit shall be permanently indicated at the location of the protective device.

  • (7) Lighting fittings shall be arranged to prevent temperature rises which could damage the wiring and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.

  • (8) Lighting or power circuits terminating in a space where the risk of fire or explosion exists shall be provided with isolating switches outside the space.

  • (9)

    • (a) The housing of an accumulator battery shall be constructed and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • (b) Electrical and other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted in these compartments except as permitted in paragraph (10).

    • (c) An accumulator battery shall not be located in accommodation spaces unless installed in a hermetically sealed container.

  • (10) In spaces where flammable mixtures are liable to collect and in any compartment assigned principally to the containment of an accumulator battery, no electrical equipment shall be installed unless the Administration is satisfied that it is:

    • (a) essential for operational purposes;

    • (b) of a type which will not ignite the mixture concerned;

    • (c) appropriate to the space concerned; and

    • (d) appropriately certified for safe usage in the dusts, vapours or gases likely to be encountered.

  • (11) Lightning conductors shall be fitted to all wood masts or topmasts. In vessels constructed of non-conductive materials the lightning conductors shall be connected by suitable conductors to a copper plate fixed to the vessel's hull well below the waterline.

PART D. - PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(See also Regulation 41)

Regulation 57. Fire Safety [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Fire prevention

  • (1) Special consideration shall be given to high pressure fuel oil pipes. Where practicable, leakages from such piping systems shall be collected in a suitable drain tank which shall be provided with a high level alarm.

  • (2) Where daily service fuel oil tanks are filled automatically or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Similar consideration shall be given to other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically, e.g. fuel oil purifiers, which whenever practicable shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters.

  • (3) Where fuel oil daily service tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the fuel oil can be exceeded.

Fire detection

  • (4) An approved fire detection system based on a self-monitoring principle and including facilities for periodical testing shall be installed in machinery spaces. In vessels of less than 45 metres in length the Administration may waive this requirement provided the location of the machinery space facilitates the detection of fire by persons on board.

  • (5) The detection system shall initiate both audible and visual alarm in the wheelhouse and in sufficient appropriate spaces to be heard and observed by persons on board, when the vessel is in harbour.

  • (6) The fire detection system shall be fed automatically from an emergency source of power if the main source of power fails.

  • (7) Internal combustion engines of 2 500 kilowatts and over shall be provided with crankcase oil mist detectors or engine bearing temperature detectors or equivalent devices.

Fire fighting

  • (8) A fixed fire-extinguishing system shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration, which shall be in compliance with the requirements of Regulations 83 and 101.

  • (9) In vessels of 75 metres in length and over provision shall be made for immediate water delivery from the fire main system either by:

    • (a) remote starting arrangements of one of the main fire pumps in the wheelhouse and at the fire control station, if any; or

    • (b) permanent pressurization of the fire main system, due regard being paid to the possibility of freezing.

  • (10) The Administration shall be satisfied with the maintenance of the fire integrity of the machinery spaces, the location and centralization of the fire-extinguishing system controls, the shut-down arrangements referred to in Regulation 62, e.g. ventilation, fuel pumps, etc., and may require fire-extinguishing appliances and other fire-fighting equipment and breathing apparatus in addition to the relevant requirements of Chapter V.

Regulation 58. Protection against Flooding [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Bilges in machinery spaces shall be provided with a high level alarm in such a way that the accumulation of liquids is detected at normal angles of trim and heel. The detection system shall initiate an audible and visual alarm in the places where continuous watch is maintained.

  • (2) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over the controls of any valve serving a sea inlet, a discharge below the waterline or a bilge injection system shall be so sited as to allow adequate time for operation in case of influx of water to the space.

Regulation 59. Communications [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

In vessels of 75 metres in length and over one of the two separate means of communication referred to in Regulation 45 shall be a reliable vocal communication. An additional reliable means of vocal communication shall be provided between the wheelhouse and the engineers' accommodation.

Regulation 60. Alarm System [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) An alarm system shall be provided which shall indicate any fault requiring attention.

  • (2)

    • (a) The alarm system shall be capable of sounding in the machinery space an audible alarm and indicate visually each separate alarm function at a suitable position. However, in vessels of less than 45 metres in length the Administration may permit the system to be capable of sounding and indicating visually each separate alarm function in the wheelhouse only.

    • (b) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over the alarm system shall have a connexion to the engineers' cabins through a selector switch to ensure connexion to one of those cabins and to the engineers' public rooms, if any. The Administration may permit alternative arrangements which provide an equivalent measure of safety.

    • (c) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over an engineers' alarm and an alarm to the wheelhouse for persons on watch shall be activated if an alarm function has not received attention within a limited period as specified by the Administration.

    • (d) Audible and visual alarms shall be activated in the wheelhouse for any situation requiring action by the responsible person on watch or which should be brought to his attention.

    • (e) The alarm system shall as far as is practicable be designed on the fail-safe principle.

  • (3) The alarm system shall be:

    • (a) continuously powered with automatic changeover to a stand-by power supply in case of loss of normal power supply, and

    • (b) activated by failure of the normal power supply.

  • (4)

    • (a) The alarm system shall be able to indicate at the same time more than one fault and the acceptance of any alarm shall not inhibit another alarm.

    • (b) Acceptance at the position referred to in paragraph (2)(a) of any alarm condition shall be indicated at the positions where it was shown. Alarms shall be maintained until they are accepted and the visual indications shall remain until the fault has been corrected. All alarms shall automatically reset when the fault has been rectified.

Regulation 61. Special Requirements for Machinery, Boiler and Electrical Installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In vessels of 75 metres in length and over the main source of electrical power shall be supplied as follows:

    • (a) where the electrical power can normally be supplied by one generator, there shall be provided suitable load shedding arrangements to ensure the integrity of supplies to services required for propulsion and steering. To cover the case of loss of the generator in operation, there shall be adequate provisions for automatic starting and connecting to the main switchboard of a stand-by generator of sufficient capacity to permit propulsion and steering and with automatic restarting of the essential auxiliaries including, where necessary, sequential operations. Means may be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration for remote (manual) starting and connexion of the stand-by generator to the main switchboard as well as means of repeated remote starting of essential auxiliaries; and

    • (b) if the electrical power is normally supplied by more than one generating set simultaneously, there shall be provisions, e.g. by load shedding, to ensure that in case of loss of one of these generating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation without overload to permit propulsion and steering.

  • (2) Where required to be duplicated, other auxiliary machinery essential to propulsion shall be fitted with automatic changeover devices allowing transfer to a stand-by machine. An alarm shall be given on automatic changeover.

  • (3) Automatic control and alarm systems shall be provided as follows:

    • (a) the control system shall be such that through the necessary automatic arrangements the services needed for the operation of the main propulsion machinery and its auxiliaries are ensured;

    • (b) means shall be provided to keep the starting air pressure at the required level where internal combustion engines are used for main propulsion;

    • (c) an alarm system complying with Regulation 60 shall be provided for all important pressures, temperatures, fluid levels, etc.; and

    • (d) where appropriate an adequate central position shall be arranged with the necessary alarm panels and instrumentation indicating any alarmed fault.

Regulation 62. Safety System [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

A safety system shall be provided so that serious malfunction in machinery or boiler operations, which presents an immediate danger, shall initiate the automatic shut-down of that part of the plant and an alarm shall be given. Shut-down of the propulsion system shall not be automatically activated except in cases which could lead to serious damage, complete breakdown, or explosion. Where arrangements for overriding the shut-down of the main propelling machinery are fitted these shall be such as to preclude inadvertent activation. Visual means shall be provided to show whether or not it has been activated.

CHAPTER V. - FIRE PROTECTION, FIRE DETECTION, FIRE EXTINCTION AND FIRE FIGHTING [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(See also Regulation 57)

PART A. - FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OF 55 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 63. General [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

One of the following methods of protection shall be adopted in accommodation and service spaces:

  • (a) Method IF - The construction of all internal divisional bulkheads of non-combustible “B” or “C” Class divisions generally without the installation of a detection or sprinkler system in the accommodation and service spaces; or

  • (b) Method IIF - The fitting of an automatic sprinkler and fire alarm system for the detection and extinction of fire in all spaces in which fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads; or

  • (c) Method IIIF - The fitting of an automatic fire alarm and detection system in all spaces in which a fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads, except that in no case shall the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by an “A” or “B” Class division exceed 50 square metres. However, the Administration may increase this area for spaces.

The requirements for the use of non-combustible materials in construction and insulation of the boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces, control stations, etc., and the protection of stairway enclosures and corridors shall be common to all three methods.

Regulation 64. Structure [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouse shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material except as otherwise specified in paragraph (4).

  • (2) The insulation of aluminium alloy components of “A” or “B” Class divisions, except structures which, in the opinion of the Administration, are non-load-bearing, shall be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise more than 200 degrees celsius above the ambient temperature at any time during the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test.

  • (3) Special attention shall be given to the insulation of aluminium alloy components of columns, stanchions and other structural members required to support survival craft stowage, launching and embarkation areas, and “A” and “B” Class divisions, to ensure:

    • (a) that for such members supporting survival craft areas and “A” Class divisions the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph (2) shall apply at the end of one hour; and

    • (b) that for such members required to support “B” Class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph (2) shall apply at the end of one half-hour.

  • (4) Crowns and casings of machinery spaces of Category A shall be of steel construction adequately insulated and any openings therein shall be suitably arranged and protected to prevent the spread of fire.

Regulation 65. Bulkheads within the Accommodation and Service Spaces [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Within the accommodation and service spaces, all bulkheads required to be “B” Class divisions shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries, unless continuous “B” Class ceilings or linings, or both, are fitted on both sides of the bulkheads in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

  • (2) Method IF. All bulkheads not required by this or other Regulations of this Part to be “A” or “B” Class divisions shall be at least “C” Class divisions.

  • (3) Method IIF. There shall be no restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required by this or other Regulations of this Part to be “A” or “B ” Class divisions except in individual cases where “C” Class bulkheads are required in accordance with Table 1 in Regulation 68.

  • (4) Method IIIF. There shall be not restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required by this or other Regulations of this Part to be “A” or “B” Class divisions. In no case shall the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by a continuous “A” or “B” Class division exceed 50 square metres, except in individual cases where “C” Class bulkheads are required in accordance with Table 1 in Regulation 68. However, the Administration may increase this area for public spaces.

Regulation 66. Protection of Stairways and Lift Trunks in Accommodation Spaces, Service Spaces and Control Stations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Stairways which penetrate only a single deck shall be protected at least at one level by at least “B-O” Class divisions and self-closing doors. Lifts which penetrate only a single deck shall be enclosed by “A-O” Class divisions with steel doors at both levels. Stairways and lift trunks which penetrate more than a single deck shall be enclosed by at least “A-O” Class divisions and protected by self-closing doors at all levels.

  • (2) All stairways shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration permits the use of other equivalent material.

Regulation 67. Doors in Fire-Resistant Divisions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Doors shall have resistance to fire as far as practicable, equivalent to the division in which they are fitted. Doors and door frames in “A” Class divisions shall be constructed of steel. Doors in “B” Class divisions shall be non-combustible. Doors fitted in boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces of Category A shall be self-closing and reasonably gastight. The Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary accommodation, such as showers, if constructed according to Method IF.

  • (2) Doors required to be self-closing shall not be fitted with holdback hooks. However, hold-back arrangements fitted with remote release fittings of the fail-safe type may be used.

  • (3) Ventilation openings may be permitted in and under the doors in corridor bulkheads except that such openings shall not be permitted in and under stairway enclosure doors. The openings shall be provided only in the lower half of a door. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 square metres. When such opening is cut in a door it shall be fitted with a grille made of non-combustible material.

  • (4) Watertight doors need not be insulated.

Regulation 68. Fire Integrity of Bulkheads and Decks [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In addition to the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks required elsewhere in this Part the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in Table 1 and Table 2 of this Regulation.

  • (2) The following requirements shall govern application of the Tables:

    • (a) Tables 1 and 2 shall apply respectively to bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces; and

    • (b) for determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as follows:

      • (i) Control Stations (1)

        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.

        Wheelhouse and chatroom.

        Spaces containing the vessel's radio equipment.

        Fire-extinguishing rooms, fire-control rooms and fire-recording stations.

        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.

        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

      • (ii) Corridors (2)

        Corridors and lobbies.

      • (iii) Accommodation Spaces (3)

        Spaces as defined in Regulation 2(41) and (42) excluding corridors.

      • (iv) Stairways (4)

        Interior stairways, lifts and escalators other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces and enclosures thereto. In this connexion, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      • (v) Service Spaces of Low Fire Risk (5)

        Lockers and store-rooms having areas of less than 2 square metres, drying rooms and laundries.

      • (vi) Machinery Spaces of Category A (6)

        Spaces as defined in Regulation 2(45).

      • (vii) Other Machinery Spaces (7)

        Spaces as defined in Regulation 2(46) including fishmeal processing spaces, but excluding machinery spaces of Category A.

      • (viii) Cargo Spaces (8)

        All spaces used for cargo, including cargo oil tanks, and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces.

      • (ix) Service Spaces of High Fire Risk (9)

        Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint rooms, lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 2 square metres or more, and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

      • (x) Open Decks (10)

        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades, spaces for processing fish in the raw state, fish washing spaces and similar spaces containing no fire risk.

        The air spaces outside superstructures and deckhouses.

      The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parenthesis following each category refers to the applicable column or row in the Tables.

      Table 1 - Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces

      Spaces

      (1)

      (2)

      (3)

      (4)

      (5)

      (6)

      (7)

      (8)

      (9)

      (10)

      Control Stations

      (1)

      A-0

      e)

      A-0

      A-60

      A-0

      A-15

      A-60

      A-15

      A-60

      A-60

      *

      Corridors

      (2)

       

      C

      B-0

      B-0

      A-0

      c)

      B-0

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Accommodation Spaces

      (3)

         

      C a),

      b)

      B-0

      A-0

      c)

      B-0

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Stairways

      (4)

           

      B-0

      A-0

      c)

      B-0

      A-0

      c)

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Service Spaces of Low Fire Risk

      (5)

             

      C

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Machinery Spaces of Category A

      (6)

               

      *

      A-0

      A-0

      A-60

      *

      Other Machinery Spaces

      (7)

                 

      A-0

      d)

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Cargo Spaces

      (8)

                   

      *

      A-0

      *

      Service Spaces of High Fire Risk

      (9)

                     

      A-0

      d)

      *

      Open Decks

      (10)

                       

      -

      Table 2 - Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

      Space Below ↓

      Space Above →

      (1)

      (2)

      (3)

      (4)

      (5)

      (6)

      (7)

      (8)

      (9)

      (10)

      Control Stations

      (1)

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Corridors

      (2)

      A-0

      *

      *

      A-0

      *

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Accommodation Spaces

      (3)

      A-60

      A-0

      *

      A-0

      *

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Stairways

      (4)

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      A-0

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Service Spaces of Low Fire Risk

      (5)

      A-15

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Machinery Spaces of Category A

      (6)

      A-60

      A-60

      A-60

      A-6C

      A-60

      *

      A-60

      A-30

      A-60

      *

      Other Machinery Spaces

      (7)

      A-15

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      Cargo Spaces

      (8)

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      *

      A-0

      *

      Service Spaces of High Fire Risk

      (9)

      A-60

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      A-0

      d)

      *

      Open Decks

      (10)

      *

      *

      *

      *

      *

      *

      *

      *

      *

      -

      Notes: To be applied to both Tables 1 and 2, as appropriate.

    • a) No special requirements are imposed upon these bulkheads in Methods IIF and IIIF fire protection.

    • b) In case of Method IIIF “B” Class bulkheads of “B-0” rating shall be provided between spaces or groups of spaces of 50 square metres and over in area.

    • c) For clarification as to which applies see Regulations 65 and 66.

    • d) Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript d) appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the Tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, e.g. in category (9). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an “A-0” bulkhead.

    • e) Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse, chartroom and radio room from each other may be “B-0” rating.

    • * Where an asterisk appears in the Tables the division is required to be of steel or equivalent material but is not required to be of “A” Class standard.

  • (3) Continuous “B” Class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

  • (4) Windows and skylights to machinery spaces shall be as follows:

    • (a) where skylights can be opened they shall be capable of being closed from outside the space. Skylights containing glass panels shall be fitted with external shutters of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached;

    • (b) glass or similar materials shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. This does not preclude the use of wire-reinforced glass for skylights and glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces; and

    • (c) in skylights referred to in sub-paragraph (a) wire-reinforced glass shall be used.

  • (5) External boundaries which are required by Regulation 64(1) to be of steel or equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and side scuttles provided that there is no requirement elsewhere in this Part for such boundaries to have “A” Class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have “A” Class integrity, doors may be of materials to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 69. Details of Construction [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Method IF. In accommodation and service spaces and control stations all linings, draught stops, ceilings and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials.

  • (2) Methods IIF and IIIF. In corridors and stairway enclosures serving accommodation and service spaces and control stations, ceilings, linings, draught stops and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials.

  • (3) Methods IF, IIF and IIIF

    • (a) Except in cargo spaces or refrigerated compartments of service spaces insulating materials shall be non-combustible. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as the insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems need not be of non-combustible material, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration. In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapour.

    • (b) Where non-combustible bulkheads, linings and ceilings are fitted in accommodation and service spaces they may have a combustible veneer not exceeding 2.0 millimetres in thickness within any such spaces except corridors, stairway enclosures and control stations, where it shall not exceed 1.5 millimetres in thickness.

    • (c) Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panellings, or linings shall be divided by close fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 metres apart. In the vertical direction, such spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.

Regulation 70. Ventilation Systems [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where trunks or ducts serve spaces on both sides of “A” Class bulkheads or decks, dampers shall be fitted so as to prevent the spread of fire and smoke between compartments. Manual dampers shall be operable from both sides of the bulkhead or the deck. Where the trunks or ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 square metres pass through “A” Class bulkheads or decks, automatic self-closing dampers shall be fitted. Trunks serving compartments situated only on one side of such bulkheads shall comply with paragraph (2)(b).

  • (2)

    • (a) Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. Short ducts, however, not generally exceeding 2 metres in length and with a cross section not exceeding 0.02 square metres need not be non-combustible, subject to the following conditions:

      • (i) these ducts shall be of a material which, to the satisfaction of the Administration, has a low fire risk;

      • (ii) they may only be used at the end of the ventilation device; and

      • (iii) they shall not be situated less than 600 millimetres, measured along the duct, from an opening in an “A” or “B” Class division including continuous “B” Class ceilings.

    • (b) Where the ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0,02 square metres pass through “A” Class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve unless the ducts passing through the bulkheads or decks are of steel in the vicinity of passage through the deck or bulkhead and comply in that portion of the duct with the following:

      • (i) for ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 square metres the sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 millimetres and a length of at least 900 millimetres. When passing through bulkheads this length shall preferably be divided evenly on each side of the bulkhead. Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 square metres shall be provided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes. Equivalent penetration protection may be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

      • (ii) ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 square metres shall be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of sub-paragraph (b)(i). The fire damper shall operate automatically but shall also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by “A” Class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the bulkheads which they penetrate.

    • (c) Ventilation ducts for machinery spaces of Category A or galleys shall not in general pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations. Where the Administration permits this arrangement, the ducts shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material and so arranged as to preserve the integrity of the divisions.

    • (d) Ventilation ducts of accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not in general pass through machinery spaces of Category A or through galleys. Where the Administration permits this arrangement the ducts shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material and so arranged as to preserve the integrity of the divisions.

    • (e) Where ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 square metres pass through “B” Class bulkheads the openings shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of at least 900 millimetres in length, unless the ducts are of steel for this length in way of the bulkheads. When passing through a “B” Class bulkhead this length shall preferably be divided evenly on each side of the bulkhead.

    • (f) Such measures as are practicable shall be taken in respect of control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained, so that in the event of fire the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively. Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided; air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized. At the discretion of the Administration, such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck, or where local closing arrangements are equally effective.

    • (g) Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of “A” Class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with:

      • (i) a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;

      • (ii) a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;

      • (iii) arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fan; and

      • (iv) fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct, except where the Administration considers such fittings impractical in a vessel of less than 75 metres in length.

  • (3) The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated. Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served. This position should not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.

  • (4) Means shall be provided for closing, from a safe position, the annular spaces around funnels.

  • (5) Ventilation systems serving machinery spaces shall be independent of systems serving other spaces.

  • (6) Store-rooms containing appreciable quantities of highly flammable products shall be provided with ventilation arrangements which are separate from other ventilation systems. Ventilation shall be arranged at high and low levels and the inlets and outlets of ventilators shall be positioned in safe areas and fitted with spark arresters.

Regulation 71. Heating Installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Electric radiators shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiator shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

  • (2) Heating by means of open fires shall not be permitted. Heating stoves and other similar appliances shall be firmly secured and adequate protection and insulation against fire shall be provided beneath and around such appliances and in way of their uptakes. Uptakes of stoves which burn solid fuel shall be so arranged and designed as to minimize the possibility of becoming blocked by combustion products and shall have a ready means for cleaning. Dampers for limiting draughts in uptakes shall, when in the closed position, still leave an adequate area open. Spaces in which stoves are installed shall be provided with ventilators of sufficient area to provide adequate combustion-air for the stove. Such ventilators shall have no means of closure and their position shall be such that closing appliances in accordance with Regulation 20 are not required.

  • (3) Open flame gas appliances, except cooking stoves and water heaters, shall not be permitted. Spaces containing any such stoves or water heaters shall have adequate ventilation to remove fumes and possible gas leakage to a safe place. All pipes conveying gas from container to stove or water heater shall be of steel or other approved material. Automatic safety gas shut-off devices shall be fitted to operate on loss of pressure in the gas main pipe or flame failure on any appliance.

  • (4) Where gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes, the arrangements, storage, distribution and use of the fuel shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and in accordance with Regulation 73.

Regulation 72. Miscellaneous Items [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) All exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and surfaces including grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics. Exposed surfaces of ceilings in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics.

  • (2) Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke or toxic gases or vapours. The Administration shall be satisfied that they are not of a nature to offer an undue fire hazard.

  • (3) Primary deck coverings within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures.

  • (4) Where “A” or “B” Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electrical cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc, or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire integrity of the divisions is not impaired.

  • (5)

    • (a) In accommodation and service spaces and control stations, pipes penetrating “A” or “B” Class divisions shall be of approved materials having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. Where the Administration permits the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of an approved material having regard to the fire risk.

    • (b) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.

  • (6) Cellulose-nitrate-based film shall not be used in cinematograph installations.

  • (7) All waste receptacles other than those used in fish processing shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides or bottom.

  • (8) Machinery driving fuel oil transfer pumps, fuel oil unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the space concerned so that they can be stopped in the event of a fire arising in the space in which they are located.

  • (9) Drip trays shall be fitted where necessary to prevent oil leaking into bilges.

  • (10) Within compartments used for stowage of fish, combustible insulation shall be protected by close-fitting cladding.

Regulation 73. Storage of Gas Cylinders and Dangerous Materials [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Cylinders for compressed, liquefied or dissolved gases shall be clearly marked by means of prescribed identifying colours, have a clearly legible identification of the name and chemical formula of their contents and be properly secured.

  • (2) Cylinders containing flammable or other dangerous gases and expended cylinders shall be stored, properly secured, on open decks and all valves, pressure regulators and pipes leading from such cylinders shall be protected against damage. Cylinders shall be protected against excessive variations in temperature, direct rays of the sun, and accumulation of snow. However, the Administration may permit such cylinders to be stored in compartments complying with the requirements of paragraphs (3) to (5).

  • (3) Spaces containing highly flammable liquids, such as volatile paints, paraffin, benzole, etc., and where permitted, liquefied gas, shall have direct access from open decks only. Pressure-adjusting devices and relief valves shall exhaust within the compartment. Where boundary bulkheads of such compartments adjoin other enclosed spaces they shall be gastight.

  • (4) Except as necessary for service within the space, electrical wiring and fittings shall not be permitted within compartments used for the storage of highly flammable liquids or liquefied gases. Where such electrical fittings are installed, they shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration for use in a flammable atmosphere. Sources of heat shall be kept clear of such spaces and “No Smoking” and “No Naked Light” notices shall be displayed in a prominent position.

  • (5) Separate storage shall be provided for each type of compressed gas. Compartments used for the storage of such gases shall not be used for storage of other combustible products nor for tools or objects not part of the gas distribution system. However, the Administration may relax these requirements considering the characteristics, volume and intended use of such compressed gases.

Regulation 74. Means of Escape [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Stairways and ladders leading to and from all accommodation spaces and in spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces, shall be so arranged as to provide ready means of escape to the open deck and thence to the survival craft. In particular in relation to these spaces:

    • (a) at all levels of accommodation at least two widely separated means of escape shall be provided which may include the normal means of access from each restricted space or group of spaces;

    • (b)

      • (i) below the weatherdeck the main means of escape shall be a stairway and the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway; and

      • (ii) above the weatherdeck the means of escape shall be stairways or doors to an open deck or a combination thereof;

    • (c) exceptionally the Administration may permit only one means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who normally might be accommodated or employed there;

    • (d) a corridor or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape, shall not exceed 7 metres in length;

    • (e) the width and continuity of the means of escape shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

    • (f) two means of escape from a radiotelegraph station which has no direct access to the open deck shall be provided and these shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Two means of escape shall be provided from every machinery space of Category A by one of the following means:

    • (a) two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the open deck. In general, one of these ladders shall provide continuous fire shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe position outside the space. However, the Administration may not require such shelter if, due to special arrangements or dimensions of the machinery space, a safe escape route from the lower part of this space is provided. This shelter shall be of steel, insulated, where necessary, to the satisfaction of the Administration and be provided with a self-closing steel door at the lower end; or

    • (b) one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the open deck and additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the open deck.

  • (3) From machinery spaces other than those of Category A, escape routes shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normally employed in that space.

  • (4) Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

Regulation 75. Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems (Method IIF) [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In vessels in which Method IIF is adopted an automatic sprinkler and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of this Regulation shall be installed and so arranged as to protect accommodation spaces and service spaces except spaces which afford no substantial fire risks, such as void spaces and sanitary spaces.

  • (2)

    • (a) The system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action by the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation. It shall be of the wet pipe type but small exposed sections may be of the dry pipe type where in the opinion of the Administration this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to freezing temperatures in service shall be suitably protected against freezing. It shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shall have provision for a continuous supply of water as required in paragraph 6(b).

    • (b) Each section of sprinklers shall include means for giving a visible and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler comes into operation. Such units shall indicate in which section served by the system, fire has occurred and shall be centralized in the wheelhouse and in addition, visible and audible alarms from the unit shall be placed in a position other than in the wheelhouse, so as to ensure that the indication of fire is immediately received by the crew. Such an alarm system shall be so constructed as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

  • (3)

    • (a) Sprinklers shall be grouped into separate sections, each of which shall contain not more than 200 sprinklers.

    • (b) Each section of sprinklers shall be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section shall be readily accessible and its location shall be clearly and permanently indicated. Means shall be provided to prevent the operation of the stop valves by any unauthorized person.

    • (c) A gauge indicating the pressure in the system shall be provided at each section stop valve and at a central station.

    • (d) The sprinklers shall be resistant to corrosion. In accommodation and service spaces the sprinklers shall come into operation within the temperature range of 68 degrees celsius and 79 degrees celsius, except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be excepted, the operating temperature may be increased by not more than 30 degrees celsius above the maximum deckhead temperature.

    • (e) A list or plan shall be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.

  • (4) Sprinklers shall be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 litres per square metre per minute over the nominal area covered by the sprinklers. Alternatively, the Administration may permit the use of sprinklers providing such quantity of water suitably distributed as has been shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be not less effective.

  • (5)

    • (a) A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water specified in this sub-paragraph shall be provided. The tank shall contain a standing charge of fresh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in paragraph (6)(b), and the arrangements shall provide for maintaining such air pressure in the tank as to ensure that, where the standing charge of fresh water in the tank has been used, the pressure will be not less than the working pressure of the sprinkler, plus the pressure due to a head of water measured from the bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the fresh water charge in the tank shall be provided. A glass gauge shall be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.

    • (b) Means shall be provided to prevent the passage of sea-water into the tank.

  • (6)

    • (a) An independent power pump shall be provided solely for the purpose of continuing automatically the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump shall be brought into action automatically by the pressure drop in the system before the standing fresh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.

    • (b) The pump and the piping system shall be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the simultaneous coverage of the maximum area separated by fire-resisting bulkheads of “A” and “B” Class divisions or an area of 280 square metres whichever is the less at the application rate specified in paragraph (4).

    • (c) The pump shall have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and pipe shall be adequate to permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system specified in paragraph (5)(a).

    • (d) The sea inlet to the pump shall wherever possible be in the space containing the pump and shall be so arranged that when the vessel is afloat it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of sea-water to the pump for any purpose other than the inspection or repair of the pump.

  • (7) The sprinkler pump and tank shall be situated in a position reasonably remote from any machinery space of Category A and shall not be situated in any space required to be protected by the sprinkler system.

  • (8)

    • (a) There shall not be less than two sources of power supply for the sea-water pump and the automatic fire alarm and fire detection system. If the pump is electrically driven it shall be connected to the main source of electrical power, which shall be capable of being supplied by at least two generators.

    • (b) The feeders shall be arranged so as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboard. One of the sources of power supply for the fire alarm and fire detection system shall be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion-type engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph (7), be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to that engine.

  • (9) The sprinkler system shall have a connexion from the vessel's fire main by way of a lockable screw-down non-return valve at the connexion which will prevent a backflow from the sprinkler system to the fire main.

  • (10)

    • (a) A test valve shall be provided for testing the automatic alarm for each section of sprinklers by a discharge of water equivalent to the operation of one sprinkler. The test valve for each section shall be situated near the stop valve for that section.

    • (b) Means shall be provided for testing the automatic operation of the pump on reduction of pressure in the system.

    • (c) Switches shall be provided at one of the indicating positions referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(b) which will enable the alarm and the indicators for each section of sprinklers to be tested.

  • (11) Spare sprinkler heads shall be provided for each section of sprinklers to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 76. Automatic Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems (Method IIIF) [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In vessels in which Method IIIF is adopted an automatic fire alarm and fire detection system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of this Regulation shall be installed and so arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all accommodation spaces and services spaces except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk, such as void spaces and sanitary spaces.

  • (2)

    • (a) The system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action of the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation.

    • (b) Each section of detectors shall include means forgiving a visible and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any detector comes into operation. Such units shall indicate in which section served by the system a fire has occurred and shall be centralized on the wheelhouse and such other positions as will ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by the crew. Additionally, arrangements shall be provided to ensure that an alarm is sounded on the deck on which the fire has been detected. Such an alarm and detection system shall be so constructed as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

  • (3) Detectors shall be grouped into separate sections, each covering not more than 50 rooms served by such a system and containing not more than 100 detectors. Detectors shall be zoned to indicate on which deck a fire has occurred.

  • (4) The system shall be operated by an abnormal air temperature, by an abnormal concentration of smoke or by other factors indicative of incipient fire in any one of the spaces to be protected. Systems which are sensitive to air temperature shall not operate at less than 57 degrees celsius and shall operate at a temperature not greater than 74 degrees celsius when the temperature increase to those levels is not more than 1 degree celsius per minute. At the discretion of the Administration the permissible temperature of operation may be increased to 30 degrees celsius above the maximum deckhead temperature in drying rooms and similar places of a normally high ambient temperature. Systems which are sensitive to smoke concentration shall operate on the reduction of the intensity of a transmitted light beam by an amount to be determined by the Administration. Other equally effective methods of operation may be accepted at the discretion of the Administration. The detection system shall not be used for any purpose other than fire detection.

  • (5) The detectors may be arranged to operate the alarm by the opening or closing of contacts or by other appropriate methods. They shall be fitted in an overhead position and shall be suitably protected against impact and physical damage. They shall be suitable for use in a marine atmosphere. They shall be placed in an open position clear of beams and other objects likely to obstruct the flow of hot gases or smoke to the sensitive element. Detectors operated by the closing of contacts shall be of the sealed contact type and the circuit shall be continuously monitored to indicate fault conditions.

  • (6) At least one detector shall be installed in each space where detection facilities are required and there shall be not less than one detector for each 37 square metres of deck area approximately. In large spaces the detectors shall be arranged in a regular pattern so that no detector is more than 9 metres from another detector or more than 4.5 metres from a bulkhead.

  • (7) There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the electrical equipment used in the operation of the fire alarm and fire detection system, one of which shall be an emergency source. The supply shall be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall run to a change-over switch situated in the control station for the fire detection system. The wiring system shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to provide for fire detection in such spaces or to reach the appropriate switchboard.

  • (8)

    • (a) A list or plan shall be displayed adjacent to each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each system. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.

    • (b) Provision shall be made for testing the correct operation of the detectors and the indicating units by supplying means for applying hot air or smoke at detector positions.

  • (9) Spare detector heads shall be provided for each section of detectors to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 77. Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements in Cargo Spaces of High Fire Risk [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Cargo spaces of high fire risk shall be protected by a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system or by a fire-extinguishing system which gives equivalent protection, to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 78. Fire Pumps [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) At least two fire pumps shall be provided.

  • (2) If a fire in any one compartment could put all the fire pumps out of action, there shall be an alternative means of providing water for fire fighting. In vessels of 75 metres in length and over this alternative means shall be a fixed emergency fire pump independently driven. This emergency fire pump shall be capable of supplying two jets of water to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (3)

    • (a) The fire pumps, other than the emergency pump shall be capable of delivering for fire fighting purposes a quantity of water at a minimum pressure of 0.25 newtons per square millimetre, with a total capacity (Q) of at least:

      Bijlage 10000051589.png

      where L, B and D are in metres.

      However, the total required capacity of the fire pumps need not exceed 180 cubic metres per hour.

    • (b) Each of the required fire pumps other than any emergency pump shall have a capacity not less than 40 per cent of the total capacity of fire pumps required by sub-paragraph (a) and shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the jets of water required by Regulation 80(2)(a). These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main systems under the required conditions. Where more than two pumps are installed the capacity of such additional pumps shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (4)

    • (a) Fire pumps shall be independently driven power pumps. Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that, if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of fuel oil, suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.

    • (b) Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with all fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any of the fire main systems.

    • (c) Emergency power-operated fire pumps shall be independently driven self-contained pumps either with their own diesel engine prime mover and fuel supply fitted in an accessible position outside the compartment which contains the main fire pumps, or be driven by a self-contained generator, which may be the emergency generator referred to in Regulation 55, of sufficient capacity and which is positioned in a safe place outside the engine room and preferably above the working deck. The emergency fire pump shall be capable of operating for a period of at least 3 hours.

    • (d) Emergency fire pumps, sea-suction valves and other necessary valves shall be operable from outside compartments containing main fire pumps in a position not likely to be cut off by a fire in those compartments.

Regulation 79. Fire Mains [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Where more than one hydrant is required to provide the number of jets specified in Regulation 80(2)(a) a fire main shall be provided.

    • (b) Fire mains shall have no connexions other than those required for fire fighting except for the purpose of washing the deck and anchor chains or operating the chain locker bilge ejector.

    • (c) Where fire mains are not self-draining, suitable drain cocks shall be fitted where frost damage could be expected.

  • (2)

    • (a) The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously or of 140 cubic metres per hour, whichever is the less.

    • (b) With the two pumps simultaneously delivering through nozzles specified in Regulation 80(5) the quantity of water specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, through any adjacent hydrants, the minimum pressure of 0.25 newtons per square millimetre shall be maintained at all hydrants.

Regulation 80. Fire Hydrants, Fire Hoses and Nozzles [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) The number of fire hoses provided shall be equal to the number of fire hydrants arranged according to paragraph (2) and one spare hose. This number does not include any fire hoses required in any engine or boiler room. The Administration may increase the number of fire hoses required so as to ensure that hoses in sufficient number are available and accessible at all times, having regard to the size of the vessel.

    • (b) Fire hoses shall be of approved material and sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Their maximum length shall be 20 metres. Every fire hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Fire hoses shall together with any necessary fittings and tools be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connexions.

  • (2)

    • (a) The number and positions of the hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of fire hose, may reach any part of the vessel normally accessible to the crew while the vessel is being navigated.

    • (b) All required hydrants shall be fitted with fire hoses having dual purpose nozzles as required by paragraph (5). One hydrant shall be located near the entrance of the space to be protected.

  • (3) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. In vessels where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo. Unless one fire hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant, there shall be complete interchangeability of fire hose couplings and nozzles.

  • (4) A cock or valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hose so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are operating.

  • (5)

    • (a) Standard nozzle sizes shall be 12 millimetres, 16 millimetres and 19 millimetres or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.

    • (b) For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 millimetres need not be used.

    • (c) For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure specified in Regulation 79(2)(b) from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19 millimetres need not be used.

Regulation 81. Fire Extinguishers [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Fire extinguishers shall be of approved types. The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 14 litres and not less than 9 litres. Other extinguishers shall not be in excess of the equivalent portability of the 14 litre fluid extinguisher and shall not be less than the fire-extinguishing equivalent of a 9 litre fluid extinguisher. The Administration shall determine the equivalents of fire extinguishers.

  • (2) Spare charges shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (3) Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditons of use, gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

  • (4) Fire extinguishers shall be periodically examined and subjected to such tests as the Administration may require.

  • (5) Normally, one of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be stowed near an entrance to that space.

Regulation 82. Portable Fire Extinguishers in Control Stations and Accommodation and Service Spaces [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) At least five approved portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in control stations and accommodation and service spaces to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Spare charges shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 83. Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Machinery Spaces [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Spaces containing oil fired boilers or fuel oil units shall be provided with one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing systems, to the satisfaction of the Administration:

      • (i) a pressure water-spraying installation;

      • (ii) a fire smothering gas installation;

      • (iii) a fire-extinguishing installation using vapours from low toxicity vapourising liquids, e.g.

        bromochlorodifluoromethane (BCF) or

        bromotrifluoromethane (BTM); or

      • (iv) a fire-extinguishing installation using high expansion foam.

      Where the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.

    • (b) Every boiler room shall be provided with at least one set of portable air-foam equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • (c) At least two approved portable extinguishers discharging foam or equivalent shall be provided in each firing space in each boiler room and each space in which a part of the fuel oil installation is situated. At least one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least 136 litres capacity or equivalent shall be provided in each boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room. The Administration may relax the requirements of this sub-paragraph, having regard to the size and nature of the space to be protected.

    • (d) In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing sand, sawdust impregnated with soda or other approved dry material, in such quantity as may be required by the Administration. Alternatively an approved portable extinghuisher may be provided.

  • (2) Spaces containing internal combustion machinery used either for main propulsion or for other purposes, when such machinery has a total power output of not less than 375 kilowatts, shall be provided with the following arrangements:

    • (a) one of the fire-extinguishing systems required by paragraph (1)(a);

    • (b) at least one set of portable air-foam equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

    • (c) in each such space, approved foam-type fire extinguishers each of at least 45 litres capacity, or equivalent, sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the fuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. In addition, there shall be provided a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that an extinguisher is not more than 10 metres walking distance from any point in the space; provided that there shall be at least two such extinguishers in each such space. For smaller spaces the Administration may relax these requirements.

  • (3) Spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines used either for main propulsion, or for other purposes, when such machinery has a total power output of not less than 375 kilowatts shall be provided with the following arrangements:

    • (a) foam fire extinguishers each of at least 45 litres capacity, or equivalent, sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system, on to any part of the casings enclosing pressure lubricated parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing, and any other fire hazards. Provided that such extinguishers shall not be required if protection at least equivalent to that of this sub-paragraph is provided in such spaces by a fixed fire-extinguishing system fitted in compliance with paragraph (1)(a); and

    • (b) a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers, or equivalent, which shall be so located that an extinguisher is not more than 10 metres walking distance from any point in the space; provided that there shall be at least two such extinguishers in each such space, and such extinguishers shall not be required in addition to any provided in compliance with paragraph (2)(c).

  • (4) Where, in the opinion of the Administration, a fire hazard exists in any machinery space for which no specific provisions for fire-extinguishing appliances are prescribed in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) there shall be provided in, or adjacent to, that space a number of approved portable fire extinguishers or other means of fire extinction to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (5) Where fixed fire-extinguishing systems not required by this Part are installed, such systems shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (6) For any machinery space of Category A to which access is provided at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, there shall be provided in addition to any watertight door and on the side remote from that machinery space a light steel fire-screen door which shall be capable of being operated from each side of the door.

Regulation 84. International Shore Connexion [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) At least one international shore connexion, complying with paragraph (2) shall be provided.

  • (2) Standard dimensions of flanges for the international shore connexion shall be in accordance with the following table:

    Description

    Dimension

    Outside diameter

    178 millimetres

    Inner diameter

    64 millimetres

    Bolt circle diameter

    132 millimetres

    Slots in flange

    4 holes 19 millimetres in diameter equidistantly placed on a bolt circle of the above diameter, slotted to the flange periphery

    Flange thickness

    14.5 millimetres minimum

    Bolts and nuts

    4 each of 16 millimetres in diameter and 50 millimetres in length

  • (3) This connexion shall be constructed of material suitable for 1.0 newton per square millimetre service pressure.

  • (4) The flange shall have a flat face on one side and the other shall have a coupling permanently attached thereto that will fit the vessel's hydrant and hose. The connexion shall be kept aboard the vessel together with a gasket of any material suitable for 1.0 newton per square millimetre service pressure, together with four 16 millimetre bolts 50 millimetres in length and eight washers.

  • (5) Facilities shall be available enabling such a connexion to be used on either side of the vessel.

Regulation 85. Fireman's Outfits [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) At least two fireman's outfits shall be carried to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) The fireman's outfits shall be stored so as to be easily accessible and ready for use and shall be stored in widely separated positions.

Regulation 86. Fire Control Plan [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

There shall be a permanently exhibited fire control plan to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 87. Ready Availability of Fire-Extinguishing Appliances [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Fire-extinguishing appliances shall be kept in good order and available for immediate use at all times.

Regulation 88. Acceptance of Substitutes [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Where in this Part any special type of appliance, apparatus, extinguishing medium or arrangement is specified, any other type of appliance etc., may be allowed, provided the Administration is satisfied that it is not less effective.

PART B. - FIRE SAFETY MEASURES IN VESSELS OF LESS THAN 55 METRES IN LENGTH [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 89. Structural Fire Protection [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. The Administration may permit combustible construction provided the requirements of this Regulation and the additional fire-extinguishing requirements of Regulation 101(3) are complied with.

  • (2)

    • (a) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of non-combustible materials, the decks and bulkheads separating machinery spaces of Category A from accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall be constructed to “A-60” Class standard where the machinery space of Category A is not provided with a fixed fire-extinguishing system and to “A-30” Class standard where such a system is fitted. Decks and bulkheads separating other machinery spaces from accommodation, service spaces and control stations shall be constructied to “A-0” Class standard. Decks and bulkheads separating control stations from accommodation and service spaces shall be constructed to “A” Class standard, insulated to the satisfaction of the Administration, except that an Administration may permit the fitting of “B-15” Class divisions for separating such spaces as skipper's cabin from the wheelhouse.

    • (b) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of combustible materials, the decks and bulkheads separating machinery spaces from accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall be constructed to “F” Class or “B-15” Class standard. In addition, machinery space boundaries shall as far as practicable prevent the passage of smoke. Decks and bulkheads separating control stations from accommodation and service spaces shall be constructed to “F” Class standard.

  • (3)

    • (a) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of non-combustible materials, bulkheads of corridors serving accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations shall be of “B-15” Class divisions.

    • (b) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of combustible materials, bulkheads of corridors serving accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations, shall be of “F” Class divisions.

    • (c) Any bulkhead required by sub-paragraph (a) or (b) shall extend from deck to deck unless a continuous ceiling of the same Class as the bulkhead is fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling.

  • (4) Interior stairways serving accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall be of steel or other equivalent material. Such stairways shall be within enclosures constructed of “F” Class divisions in vessels the hull of which is constructed of combustible materials, or “B-15” Class divisions in vessels the hull of which is constructed of non-combustible materials, provided that where a stairway penetrates only one deck it need be enclosed at one level only.

  • (5) Doors and other closures of openings in bulkheads and decks referred to in paragraphs (2) and (3), doors fitted to stairway enclosures referred to in paragraph (4) and doors fitted in engine and boiler casings, shall be as far as practicable equivalent in resisting fire to the divisions in which they are fitted. Doors to machinery spaces of Category A shall be self-closing.

  • (6) Lift trunks which pass through the accommodation and service spaces shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material and shall be provided with means of closing which will permit control of draught and smoke.

  • (7)

    • (a) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of combustible materials, the boundary bulkheads and decks of spaces containing any emergency source of power and bulkheads and decks between galleys, paint rooms, lamp rooms or any store-rooms which contain appreciable quantities of highly flammable materials, and accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall be constructed of “F” Class or “B-15” Class divisions.

    • (b) In vessels, the hull of which is constructed of non-combustible materials, the decks and bulkheads referred to in sub-paragraph (a) shall be of “A” Class divisions insulated to the satisfaction of the Administration, having in mind the risk of fire, except that the Administration may accept “B-15” Class divisions between a galley and accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations when the galley contains electrically heated furnaces, electrically heated hot water appliances or other electrically heated appliances only.

    • (c) Highly flammable products shall be carried in suitably sealed containers.

  • (8) Where bulkheads or decks required by paragraphs (2), (3), (5) or (7) to be of “A” Class, “B” Class or “F” Class divisions, are penetrated for the passage of electrical cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire integrity of the division is not impaired.

  • (9) Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panellings or linings in accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations shall be divided by close-fitting draught stops spaced not more than 7 metres apart.

  • (10) Windows and skylights to machinery spaces shall be as follows:

    • (a) where skylights can be opened they shall be capable of being closed from outside the space. Skylights containing glass panels shall be fitted with external shutters of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached;

    • (b) glass or similar materials shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. This does not preclude the use of wire-reinforced glass for skylights and glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces; and

    • (c) in skylights referred to in sub-paragraph (a) wire-reinforced glass shall be used.

  • (11) Insulating materials in accommodation spaces, service spaces except domestic refrigerating compartments, control stations and machinery spaces shall be non-combustible. The surface of insulation fitted on the internal boundaries of machinery spaces of Category A shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours.

  • (12) Within compartments used for stowage of fish, combustible insulation shall be protected by close-fitting cladding.

Regulation 90. Ventilation Systems [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Except as provided for in Regulation 91(2), means shall be provided to stop fans and close main openings to ventilation systems from outside the spaces served.

  • (2) Means shall be provided for closing, from a safe position, the annular spaces around funnels.

  • (3) Ventilation openings may be permitted in and under the doors in corridor bulkheads except that such openings shall not be permitted in and under stairway enclosure doors. The openings shall be provided only in the lower half of a door. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 square metres. When such opening is cut in a door it shall be fitted with a grille made of non-combustible material.

  • (4) Ventilation ducts for machinery spaces of Category A or galleys shall not in general pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations. Where the Administration permits this arrangement, the ducts shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material and arranged to preserve the integrity of the divisions.

  • (5) Ventilation ducts of accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not in general pass through machinery spaces of Category A or through galleys. Where the Administration permits this arrangement the ducts shall be constructed of steel or equivalent material and arranged to preserve the integrity of the divisions.

  • (6) Store-rooms containing appreciable quantities of highly flammable products shall be provided with ventilation arrangements which are separate from other ventilation systems. Ventilation shall be arranged at high and low levels and the inlets and outlets of ventilators shall be positioned in safe areas and fitted with spark arresters.

  • (7) Ventilation systems serving machinery spaces shall be independent of systems serving other spaces.

  • (8) Where trunks or ducts serve spaces on both sides of “A” Class bulkheads or decks dampers shall be fitted so as to prevent the spread of fire and smoke between compartments. Manual dampers shall be operable from both sides of the bulkhead or the deck. Where the trunks or ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 square metres pass through “A” Class bulkheads or decks, automatic self-closing dampers shall be fitted. Trunks serving compartments situated only on one side of such bulkheads shall comply with Regulation 70(2)(b).

Regulation 91. Heating Installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Electric radiators shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiator shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

  • (2) Heating by means of open fires shall not be permitted. Heating stoves and other similar appliances shall be firmly secured and adequate protection and insulation against fire shall be provided beneath and around such appliances and in way of their uptakes. Uptakes of stoves which burn solid fuel shall be so arranged and designed as to minimize the possibility of becoming blocked by combustion products and shall have a ready means for cleaning. Dampers for limiting draughts in uptakes shall, when in the closed position, still leave an adequate area open. Spaces in which stoves are installed shall be provided with ventilators of sufficient area to provide adequate combustion-air for the stove. Such ventilators shall have no means of closure and their position shall be such that no closing appliances in accordance with Regulation 20 are required.

  • (3) Open flame gas appliances, except cooking stoves and water heaters, shall not be permitted. Spaces containing any such stoves or water heaters shall have adequate ventilation to remove fumes and possible gas leakage to a safe place. All pipes conveying gas from container to stove or water heater shall be of steel or other approved material. Automatic safety gas shut-off devices shall be fitted to operate on loss of pressure in the gas main pipe or flame failure on any appliance.

Regulation 92. Miscellaneous Items [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Exposed surfaces within accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations, corridor and stairway enclosures and the concealed surfaces behind bulkheads, ceilings, panellings and linings in accommodation spaces, service spaces, and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics.

  • (2) All exposed surfaces of glass reinforced plastic construction within accommodation and service spaces, control stations, machinery spaces of Category A and other machinery spaces of similar fire risk shall have the final lay-up layer of approved resin having inherent fire-retardant properties or be coated with an approved fire-retardant paint or be protected by non-combustible materials.

  • (3) Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke or toxic gases or vapours. The Administration shall be satisfied that they are not of a nature to offer an undue fire hazard.

  • (4) Primary deck coverings within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures.

  • (5)

    • (a) In accommodation and service spaces and control stations, pipes penetrating “A” or “B” Class divisions shall be of approved materials having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. Where the Administration permits the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of an approved material having regard to the fire risk.

    • (b) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.

  • (6) All waste receptacles other than those used in fish processing shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides and bottom.

  • (7) Machinery driving fuel oil transfer pumps, fuel oil unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the space concerned so that they can be stopped in the event of a fire arising in the space in which they are located.

  • (8) Drip trays shall be fitted where necessary to prevent oil leaking into bilges.

Regulation 93. Storage of Gas Cylinders and Dangerous Materials [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Cylinders for compressed, liquefied or dissolved gases shall be clearly marked by means of prescribed identifying colours, have a clearly legible identification of the name and chemical formula of their contents and be properly secured.

  • (2) Cylinders containing flammable or other dangerous gases and expended cylinders shall be stored, properly secured, on open decks and all valves, pressure regulators and pipes leading from such cylinders shall be protected against damage. Cylinders shall be protected against excessive variations in temperature, direct rays of the sun, and accumulation of snow. However, the Administration may permit such cylinders to be stored in compartments complying with the requirements of paragraphs (3) to (5).

  • (3) Spaces containing highly flammable liquids, such as volatile paints, paraffin, benzole, etc., and, where permitted, liquefied gas, shall have direct access from open decks only. Pressure-adjusting devices and relief valves shall exhaust within the compartment. Where boundary bulkheads of such compartments adjoin other enclosed spaces they shall be gastight.

  • (4) Except as necessary for service within the space, electrical wiring and fittings shall not be permitted within compartments used for the storage of highly flammable liquids or liquefied gases. Where such electrical fittings are installed, they shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration for use in a flammable atmosphere. Sources of heat shall be kept clear of such spaces and “No Smoking” and “No Naked Light” notices shall be displayed in a prominent position.

  • (5) Separate storage shall be provided for each type of compressed gas. Compartments used for the storage of such gases shall not be used for storage of other combustible products nor for tools or objects not part of the gas distribution system. However, the Administration may relax these requirements considering the characteristics, volume and intended use of such compressed gases.

Regulation 94. Means of Escape [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Stairways and ladders leading to and from all accommodation spaces and in spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces, shall be so arranged as to provide ready means of escape to the open deck and thence to the survival craft. In particular in relation to these spaces:

    • (a) at all levels of accommodation at least two widely separated means of escape shall be provided which may include the normal means of access from each restricted space or group of spaces;

    • (b)

      • (i) below the weatherdeck the means of escape shall be a stairway and the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway; and

      • (ii) above the weatherdeck the means of escape shall be stairways or doors to an open deck or a combination thereof. Where it is not practicable to fit stairways or doors, one of these means of escape may be by means of adequately sized portholes or hatches protected where necessary against ice accretion;

    • (c) exceptionally the Administration may permit only one means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who normally might be accommodated or employed there;

    • (d) a corridor or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape shall not exceed 2.5 metres in length;

    • (e) the width and continuity of the means of escape shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

    • (f) two means of escape from a radiotelegraph station which has no direct access to the open deck shall be provided and these shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Two means of escape shall be provided from every machinery space of Category A which shall be as widely separated as possible. Vertical escapes shall be by means of steel ladders. Where the size of the machinery spaces makes it impracticable, one of these means of escape may be omitted. In such cases special consideration shall be given to the remaining exit.

  • (3) Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

Regulation 95. Automatic Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Where the Administration has permitted under Regulation 89(1) a combustible construction, or where otherwise appreciable amounts of combustible materials are used on the construction of accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations, special consideration shall be given to the installation of an automatic fire alarm and fire detection system in those spaces, having due regard to the size of those spaces, their arrangement and location relative to control stations as well as, where applicable, the flame-spread characteristics of the installed funiture.

Regulation 96. Fire Pumps [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The minimum number and type of fire pumps to be fitted shall be as follows:

    • (a) one power pump not dependent upon the main machinery for its motive power; or

    • (b) one power pump driven by main machinery provided that the propeller shafting can be readily disconnected or provided that a controllable pitch propeller is fitted.

  • (2) Sanitary, bilge, ballast, general service or any other pumps may be used as fire pumps if they comply with the requirements of this Chapter and do not affect the ability to cope with pumping of the bilges. Fire pumps shall be so connected that they cannot be used for pumping oil or other flammable liquids.

  • (3) Centrifugal pumps or other pumps connected to the fire main through which backflow could occur shall be fitted with non-return valves.

  • (4) Vessels not fitted with a power-operated emergency fire pump and without a fixed fire-extinguishing system in the machinery spaces shall be provided with additional fire-extinguishing means to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (5) When fitted, emergency power-operated fire pumps shall be independently driven self-contained pumps either with their own prime mover and fuel supply fitted in an accessible position outside the compartment which contains the main fire pumps, or be driven by a self-contained generator which may be an emergency generator of sufficient capacity and which is positioned in a safe place outside the engine room and preferably above the working deck.

  • (6) For any emergency fire pump, where fitted, the pump, sea-suction valves and other necessary valves shall be operable from outside compartments containing main fire pumps in a position not likely to be cut off by a fire in those compartments.

  • (7) The total capacity (Q) of main power-operated fire pumps shall be at least:

    Bijlage 10000051602.png

    cubic metres per hour where L, B and D are in metres.

  • (8) Where two independent power-operated fire pumps are fitted, the capacity of each pump shall not be less than 40 per cent of the quantity required by paragraph (7).

  • (9) When main power fire pumps are delivering the quantity of water required by paragraph (7) through the fire main, fire hoses and nozzles, the pressure maintained at any hydrant shall be not less than 0.25 newtons per square millimetre.

  • (10) Where power-operated emergency fire pumps are delivering the maximum quantity of water through the jet required by Regulation 98(1), the pressure maintained at any hydrant shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 97. Fire Mains [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where more than one hydrant is required to provide the number of jets required by Regulation 98(1), a fire main shall be provided.

  • (2) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains, unless adequately protected.

  • (3) Where fire pump delivery pressure can exceed the designed working pressure of fire mains, relief valves shall be fitted.

  • (4) Fire mains shall have no connexions other than those required for fire fighting, except for the purposes of washing the deck and anchor chains or operating the chain locker bilge ejector.

  • (5) Where fire mains are not self-draining, suitable drain cocks shall be fitted where frost damage may be expected.

Regulation 98. Fire Hydrants. Fire Hoses and Nozzles [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Fire hydrants shall be positioned so as to allow easy and quick connexion of fire hoses and so that at least one jet can be directed into any part of the vessel which is normally accessible during navigation.

  • (2) The jet required in paragraph (1) shall be from a single length of fire hose.

  • (3) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (1), machinery spaces of Category A shall be provided with at least one fire hydrant complete with fire hose and dual purpose nozzle. This fire hydrant shall be located outside the space and near the entrance.

  • (4) For every required fire hydrant there shall be one fire hose. At least one spare fire hose shall be provided in addition to this requirement.

  • (5) Single lengths of fire hose shall not exceed 20 metres.

  • (6) Fire hoses shall be of an approved material. Each fire hose shall be provided with couplings and a dual purpose nozzle.

  • (7) Except where fire hoses are permanently attached to the fire main, the couplings of fire hoses and nozzles shall be completely interchangeable.

  • (8) The nozzles as required by paragraph (6) shall be appropriate to the delivery capacity of the fire pumps fitted, but in any case shall have a diameter of not less than 12 millimetres.

Regulation 99. Fire Extinguishers [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Fire extinguishers shall be of approved types. The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 14 litres and not less than 9 litres. Other extinguishers shall not be in excess of the equivalent portability of the 14 litre fluid extinguisher and shall not be less than the fire-extinguishing equivalent of a 9 litre fluid extinguisher. The Administration shall determine the equivalents of fire extinguishers.

  • (2) Spare charges shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (3) Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use, gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

  • (4) Fire extinguishers shall be periodically examined and subjected to such tests as the Administration may require.

  • (5) Normally, one of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be stowed near an entrance to that space.

Regulation 100. Portable Fire Extinguishers in Control Stations and Accommodation and Service Spaces [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A sufficient number of approved portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in control stations and accommodation and service spaces to ensure that at least one extinguisher of a suitable type is readily available for use in any part of such spaces. The total number of extinguishers in these spaces, however, shall not be less than three.

  • (2) Spare charges shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 101. Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Machinery Spaces [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Spaces containing oil-fired boilers, fuel oil units or internal combustion machinery having a total power output of not less than 375 kilowatts shall be provided with one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing systems, to the satisfaction of the Administration:

      • (i) a pressure water-spraying installation;

      • (ii) a fire-smothering gas installation;

      • (iii) a fire-extinguishing installation using vapours from low toxicity vapourising liquids, e.g.

        bromochlorodifluoromethane (BCF) or

        bromotrifluoromethane (BTM); or

      • (iv) a fire-extinguishing installation using high expansion foam.

    • (b) Where the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separated from each other or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.

  • (2) Installations listed in paragraph (1)(a) shall be controlled from readily accessible positions outside such spaces not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space. Arrangements shall be made to ensure the supply of power and water necessary for the operation of the system in the event of fire in the protected space.

  • (3) Vessels which are constructed mainly or wholly of wood or fibre reinforced plastic and fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal combustion machinery which are decked in way of the machinery space with such material, shall be provided with one of the extinguishing systems referred to in paragraph (1).

  • (4) In all machinery spaces of Category A at least two portable extinguishers shall be provided, of a type suitable for extinguishing fires involving fuel oil. Where such spaces contain machinery which has a total power output of not less than 250 kilowatts, at least three such extinguishers shall be provided. One of the extinguishers shall be stowed near the entrance to the space.

  • (5) Vessels having machinery spaces not protected by a fixed fireextinguishing system shall be provided with at least a 45 litre foam extinguisher or its equivalent, suitable for fighting oil fires. Where the size of the machinery spaces makes this provision impracticable, the Administration may accept an additional number of portable fire extinguishers.

Regulation 102. Fireman's Outfits [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The number of fireman's outfits and their location shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 103. Fire Control Plan [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

There shall be a permanently exhibited fire control plan to the satisfaction of the Administration. In small vessels the Administration may dispense with this requirement.

Regulation 104. Ready Availability of Fire-Extinguishing Appliances [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Fire-extinguishing appliances shall be kept in good order and available for immediate use at all times.

Regulation 105. Acceptance of Substitutes [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Where in this Part any special type of appliance, apparatus, extinguishing medium or arrangement is specified, any other type of appliance, etc., may be allowed provided the Administration is satisfied that it is not less effective.

CHAPTER VI. PROTECTION OF THE CREW [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 106. General Protection Measures [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A lifeline system shall be designed to be effective for all needs and the necessary wires, ropes, shackles, eye bolts and cleats shall be provided.

  • (2) Deck openings provided with coamings or sills of less than 600 millimetres in height shall be provided with guards, such as hinged or portable railings or nettings. The Administration may exempt small openings such as fish scuttles from compliance with these requirements.

  • (3) Skylights, or other simular openings shall be fitted with protective bars not more than 350 millimetres apart. The Administration may exempt small openings from compliance with this requirement.

  • (4) The surface of all decks shall be so designed or treated as to minimize the possibility of personnel slipping. In particular, decks of working areas, such as in machinery spaces, in galleys, at winches and where fish is handled as well as at the foot and head of ladders and in front of doors, shall be provided with anti-skid surfaces.

Regulation 107. Deck Openings [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Hinged covers of hatchways, manholes and other openings shall be protected against accidental closing. In particular, heavy covers on escape hatches shall be equipped with counter-weights, and so constructed as to be capable of being opened from each side of the cover.

  • (2) Dimensions of access hatches shall not be less than 600 millimetres by 600 millimetres or 600 millimetres diameter.

  • (3) Where practicable, hand-holds shall be provided above the level of the deck over escape openings.

Regulation 108. Bulwarks, Rails and Guards [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Efficient bulwarks or guard rails shall be fitted on all exposed parts of the working deck and on superstructure decks if they are working platforms. The height of bulwarks or guard rails above deck shall be at least 1 metre. Where this height would interfere with the normal operation of the vessel, a lesser height may be approved by the Administration.

  • (2) The minimum vertical distance from the deepest operating waterline to the lowest point of the top of the bulwark, or to the edge of the working deck if guard rails are fitted shall ensure adequate proctection of the crew from water shipped on deck, taking into account the sea states and the weather conditions in which the vessel may operate, the areas of operation, type of vessel and its method of fishing and shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (3) Clearance below the lowest course of guard rails shall not exceed 230 millimetres. Other courses shall not be more than 380 millimetres apart, and the distance between stanchions shall not be more than 1.5 metres. In a vessel with rounded gunwales, guard rail supports shall be placed on the flat of the deck. Rails shall be free from sharp points, edges and corners and shall be of adequate strength.

  • (4) Means to the satisfaction of the Administration, such as guard rails, lifelines, gangways or underdeck passages, shall be provided to protect the crew in moving between accommodation, machinery and other working spaces. Storm rails shall be fitted as necessary to the outside of all deckhouses and casings to secure safety of passage or work for the crew.

  • (5) Stern trawlers shall be provided with suitable protection such as doors, gates or nets at the top of the stern ramp at the same height as the adjacent bulwark or guard rails. When such protection is not in position a chain or other means of protection shall be provided across the ramp.

Regulation 109. Stairways and Ladders [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

For the safety of the crew, stairways and ladders of adequate size and strength with handrails and non-slip treads shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

CHAPTER VII. - LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 110. Numbers and Types of Survival Craft and Rescue Boats. [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every vessel shall be provided with at least two survival craft.

  • (2) The number, capacity and type of survival craft and rescue boats of vessels of 75 metres in length and over shall comply with the following:

    • (a) survival craft of sufficient aggregate capacity as will accommodate on each side of the vessel at least the total number of persons on board shall be provided. The Administration shall determine the number of float-free liferafts to be carried. However, there shall be at least sufficient float-free liferafts to accommodate at least 50 per cent of the persons on board. Provided, however, that if the vessel complies with subdivision requirements, damage stability criteria and criteria of increased structural fire protection, additional to those stipulated by Regulation 40 and by Chapter V, and the Administration considers that a decrease of the number of survival craft and their capacity will not affect safety, the Administration may allow this decrease provided the aggregate capacity of survival craft situated on each side of the vessel is sufficient to accommodate at least 50 per cent of the persons on board. In addition, float-free liferafts for at least 50 per cent of the total number of persons on board shall be provided;

    • (b) at least one of the survival craft referred to in sub-paragraph (a) shall be motor-propelled:

    • (c) a motor rescue boat shall be provided unless the vessel is provided with a suitable survival craft which fulfils the requirements for a motor rescue boat;

    • (d) where the total number of persons on board is 100 or more, at least two of the survival craft referred to in sub-paragraph (a) shall be motor-propelled, one on each side of the vessel; and

    • (e) where the total number of persons on board is 200 or more, at least two of the survival craft referred to in sub-paragraph (a), shall be rigid motor-propelled lifeboats, one on each side of the vessel.

  • (3) Vessels of less than 75 metres in length but of 45 metres in length and over shall be provided with:

    • (a) survival craft of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate on each side of the vessel at least the total number of persons on board, which shall include float-free liferafts of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate at least 50 per cent of the total number of persons on board;

    • (b) a rescue boat, unless the vessel is provided with a suitable survival craft which fulfils the requirement for a rescue boat; and

    • (c) one motor-propelled survival craft on each side of the vessel where the total number of persons on board is 100 or more.

  • (4) Vessels of less than 45 metres in length shall be provided with:

    • (a) survival craft of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate at least 200 per cent of the total number of persons on board. Sufficient of these survival craft to accommodate at least the total number of persons on board shall be capable of being launched from either side of the vessel. However, the Administration may permit a reduction in the capacity or number of survival craft required if satisfied that the nature and conditions of voyage and the conditions of the weather would not adversely affect the safety of the vessel and its crew. However, survival craft to accommodate at least 100 per cent of the persons on board shall be provided; and

    • (b) a rescue boat, except where the Administration is satisfied that because of the size and manoeuvrability of the vessel, the near availability of search and rescue facilities and meteorological warning systems, the operation of the vessel in areas not susceptible to heavy weather or the seasonal characteristics of the operation, such provision is unnecessary.

  • (5) Where the distance from the embarkation deck to the waterline of the vessel in the lightest operating condition exceeds 4.5 metres, survival craft, except float-free liferafts, shall be capable of being davit launched with a full complement of persons or be provided with equivalent approved means of embarkation.

Regulation 111. Marking of Survival Craft [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The dimensions of a lifeboat and the number of persons which it is permitted to carry shall be marked on it in clear permanent characters. The name and port of registry of the vessel to which the lifeboat belongs shall be painted on each side of the bow.

  • (2) An inflatable liferaft and its valise or container shall be marked with the number of persons, the serial number and the manufacturer's name.

  • (3) Every rigid liferaft shall be marked with the name and port of registry of the vessel in which it is carried and with the number of persons it is permitted to carry.

  • (4) No survival craft shall be marked for a greater number of persons than that obtained in the manner specified in Regulations 112 and 113.

Regulation 112. Construction and Capacity of Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Lifeboats shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration and be of such form and proportions that they shall have adequate freeboard and stability in a seaway when loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment and comply with the provisions of Sections 1 and 2 of Appendix 2, as applicable. Lifeboats loaded with their full complements of persons and equipment shall, when flooded and open to the sea, be capable of keeping afloat with positive stability.

  • (2) The cubic capacity of a rigid lifeboat shall be determined by the rule given in Section 3 of Appendix 2 or by any other method giving at least the same degree of accuracy. The capacity of a square-sterned lifeboat shall be calculated as if the lifeboat had a pointed stern.

  • (3) The number of persons which a rigid lifeboat shall be permitted to accommodate shall:

    • (a) be equal to the greatest whole number obtained by dividing the capacity in cubic metres by a factor:

      • (i) of 0.283 for a boat of 7.3 metres in length or over;

      • (ii) of 0.396 for a boat of 4.9 metres in length; and

      • (iii) obtained by linear interpolation between 0.396 and 0.283 for boats over 4.9 metres but less than 7.3 metres; and

    • (b) in no case exceed the number of adult persons wearing Iifejackets who can be properly seated without in any way interfering with the use of oars or the operation of other propulsion equipment.

  • (4) The number of persons which an inflated lifeboat shall be permitted to accommodate shall be the lesser of the following numbers:

    • (a) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.12 the volume of the main buoyancy tubes measured in cubic metres reduced by 0.40 cubic metres which for this purpose shall include neither the thwarts nor the centreline tube if fitted; or

    • (b) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.32 the area of the floor measured in square metres which for this purpose may include the thwarts and centreline tube if fitted.

    In no case shall it exceed the number of adult persons wearing lifejackets who can be properly seated without in any way interfering with the use of oars or the operation of other propulsion equipment. No inflated lifeboat shall be approved which has a carrying capacity of less than 10 persons.

Regulation 113. Construction and Capacity of Liferafts [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The construction of inflatable liferafts shall comply with the provisions of Section 4.2 of Appendix 2.

  • (2) The number of persons which an inflatable liferaft shall be permitted to accommodate shall be the lesser of the following numbers:

    • (a) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.096 the volume measured in cubic metres of the main buoyancy tubes (which for this purpose shall include neither the arches nor the thwart or thwarts if fitted) when inflated; or

    • (b) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.372 the area measured in square metres of the floor (which for this purpose may include the thwart or thwarts if fitted) of the liferaft when inflated.

    However, no inflatable liferaft shall be approved which has a carrying capacity of less than six persons or more than 25 persons.

  • (3) Rigid liferafts shall comply with the provisions of Section 4.1 of Appendix 2 and

    • (a) be so constructed that if they are dropped into the water from their stowed position neither the liferaft nor its equipment will be damaged; and

    • (b) at all times be effective and stable when floating either way up.

  • (4) The number of persons which a rigid liferaft shall be deemed fit to accommodate shall be the lesser of the following numbers:

    • (a) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.096 the volume measured in cubic metres of the air cases or buoyant material; or

    • (b) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 0.372 the deck area of the liferaft measured in square metres.

Regulation 114. Construction and Marking of Rescue Boats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Rescue boats, if not constructed as lifeboats in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1 and 2 of Appendix 2 as appropriate, shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of that Appendix.

  • (2) Rescue boats shall be of such form and proportions that they shall have adequate freeboard and stability in a seaway when loaded with the full complement of persons and equipment and shall be capable of keeping afloat with positive stability when flooded and open to the sea.

  • (3) The length of rescue boats and the number of persons which a boat shall be permitted to accommodate shall be determined by the Administration. However, rescue boats shall not be less than 3.8 metres in length except where, owing to the size of the vessel, or for other reasons where the carriage of such boats is considered unreasonable or impracticable, the Administration may accept a rescue boat of a lesser length but not less than 3.3 metres.

  • (4) Rigid rescue boats shall be clearly marked in permanent characters with the dimensions of the boat and the number of persons for which the boat is certified. The name and port of registry of the vessel to which the boat belongs shall be painted on each side of the bow.

  • (5) Inflatable rescue boats shall be marked with the number of persons for which the boat is certified, date of manufacture, maker's name or mark, serial number of the boat and name and port of registry of the vessel to which the boat belongs.

Regulation 115. Equipment for Survival Craft and Rescue Boats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Lifeboats shall be provided with the equipment specified in Sections 6.1 to 6.4 inclusive of Appendix 2, as appropriate.

  • (2) Liferafts shall be provided with the equipment specified in Section 6.5 of Appendix 2, as appropriate.

  • (3) Rescue boats shall be provided with the equipment specified in Sections 6.6 and 6.7 of Appendix 2 unless included in the number of survival craft in accordance with Regulation 110, in which case they shall be provided with the equipment specified in Sections 6.1 to 6.4 inclusive of Appendix 2, as appropriate.

Regulation 116. Availability and Stowage of Survival Craft and Rescue Boats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Survival craft shall:

    • (a)

      • (i) be readily available in case of emergency;

      • (ii) be capable of being launched safely and rapidly even under unfavourable conditions of trim and against 15 degrees of list; and

      • (iii) be capable of rapid recovery if fulfilling also the requirements for a rescue boat; and

    • (b) be so stowed that:

      • (i) the marshalling of persons at the embarkation deck is not impeded;

      • (ii) their prompt handling is not impeded;

      • (iii) embarkation can be effected rapidly and in good order; and

      • (iv) the operation of any other survival craft is not interfered with.

  • (2) Survival craft and launching appliances shall be in working order and available for immediate use before the vessel leaves port and kept so at all times when at sea.

  • (3)

    • (a) Survival craft shall be stowed in accordance with Section 7 of Appendix 2 to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • (b) Every lifeboat shall be attached to a separate set of davits or approved launching appliance.

    • (c) Survival craft shall be positioned as close to accommodation and service spaces as possible, stowed in suitable positions to ensure safe launching, with particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging portions of the hull, so ensuring as far as practicable that they can be launched down the straight side of the vessel. If positioned forward they shall be stowed abaft the collision bulkhead in a sheltered position and in this respect the Administration shall give special consideration to the strength of the davits.

    • (d) The method of launching and recovering of rescue boats shall be approved taking into account the weight of the rescue boat including its equipment and 50 per cent of the number of persons it is certificated to carry, the construction and size of the rescue boat and its position of stowage above the waterline in the vessel's lightest operating condition. However, every rescue boat stowed at a height of more than 4.5 metres above the waterline in the vessel's lightest operating condition shall be provided with approved arrangements for launching and recovery.

    • (e) Davits shall be of an approved design complying with the requirements of Section 7 of Appendix 2.

    • (f)

      • (i) The liferafts shall be so stowed as to be readily available in case of emergency in such a manner as to permit them to float free from their stowage, inflate and break free from the vessel in the event of its sinking. However, davit launched liferafts need not float free.

      • (ii) Lashings, if used, shall be fitted with an automatic (hydrostatic) release system of an approved type.

Regulation 117. Embarkation into Survival Craft [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Suitable arrangements shall be made for embarkation into the survival craft which shall include:

  • (a) at least one ladder, or other approved means, on each side of the vessel to afford access to the survival craft when waterborne except where the Administration is satisfied that the distance from the point of embarkation to the waterborne survival craft is such that a ladder is unnecessary;

  • (b) means for illuminating the stowage position of survival craft and their launching appliances during preparation for and the process of launching, and also for illuminating the water into which the survival craft are launched until the process of launching is completed, the power for which to be supplied from the emergency source required by Regulation 55;

  • (c) arrangements for warning all persons on board that the vessel is about to be abandoned; and

  • (d) means for preventing any discharge of water into the survival craft.

Regulation 118. Life-jackets [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) For every person on board, a life-jacket of an approved type shall be carried complying with the requirements of Section 8.1 of Appendix 2. Each life-jacket shall be suitably marked showing that is has been approved.

  • (2) Life-jackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicated.

Regulation 119. Lifebuoys [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) At least the following number of lifebuoys shall be provided;

    • (a) 8 lifebuoys in vessels of 75 metres in length and over;

    • (b) 6 lifebuoys in vessels of less than 75 metres in length but 45 metres in length and over;

    • (c) 4 lifebuoys in vessels of less than 45 metres in length.

    Such lifebuoys shall comply with the requirements of Section 8.2 of Appendix 2.

  • (2) At least half of the number of lifebuoys referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided with self-igniting ligths, which shall be near the lifebuoys to which they belong, with the necessary means of attachment.

  • (3) The self-igniting lights required by paragraph (2) shall be such that they cannot be extinguished by water. They shall be capable of burning for not less than 45 minutes and shall have a luminous intensity of not less than 2 candelas in all directions of the upper hemisphere.

  • (4) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over at least two of the lifebuoys provided with self-igniting lights in accordance with paragraph (2) shall also be provided with an efficient self-activating smoke signal capable of producing smoke of a highly visible colour for at least 15 minutes, and shall where practicable be capable of quick release from the wheelhouse.

  • (5) At least one lifebuoy on each side of the vessel shall be fitted with a buoyant lifeline of at least 27.5 metres in length. Such lifebuoys shall not have self-igniting lights.

  • (6) All lifebuoys shall be so placed as to be readily accessible to the persons on board and shall always be capable of being rapidly cast loose and shall not be permanently secured in any way.

Regulation 120. Line-Throwing Appliances [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every vessel shall carry a line-throwing appliance of an approved type.

  • (2) A line-throwing appliance shall be capable of carrying a line not less than 230 metres with reasonable accuracy and shall include not less than four projectiles and four lines.

  • (3) The rockets, with the means of igniting them and the lines shall be kept in a watertight case.

Regulation 121. Distress Signals [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Every vessel shall be provided, to the satisfaction of the Administration, with means of making effective distress signals by day and by night, including at least 12 parachute signals capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude.

  • (2) Distress signals shall be of an approved type. They shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicated.

Regulation 122. Portable Radio Equipment [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

A portable radio transmitter/receiver or an emergency position-indicating radio beacon (EPIRB), each of an approved type, shall be carried and located to the satisfaction of the Administration so as to be readily accessible and its position shall be plainly indicated.

Regulation 123. Radiotelegraph Installations and Searchlights in Motor Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Where the total number of persons on board a vessel is 200 or more a radiotelegraph installation complying with the provisions of Regulation 137 and with the relevant provisions of Appendix 2 shall be fitted in at least one of the motor lifeboats.

  • (2) A searchlight complying with the relevant provisions of Appendix 2 shall be fitted in each motor lifeboat, if provided.

Regulation 124. Retro-Reflective Tapes on Life-Saving Appliances [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

All survival craft, rescue boats, life-jackets and lifebuoys shall be fitted with retro-reflective tapes to the satisfaction of the Administration.

CHAPTER VIII. - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, MUSTERS AND DRILLS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 125. Muster List and Abandon Ship Procedure [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Subject to paragraph (2) a muster list shall be drawn up when the vessel leaves port and shall include the following information:

    • (a) duties assigned to different members of the crew in the event of an emergency in connexion with:

      • (i) the closing of any watertight doors, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers, overboard shoots, sidescuttles and fire doors;

      • (ii) the equipping of survival craft (including portable radio apparatus for survival craft);

      • (iii) the launching of the survival craft;

      • (iv) the general preparation of the other life-saving appliances;

      • (v) the manning of fire parties assigned to deal with fires; and

      • (vi) the special duties assigned in respect of the operation of fire-fighting equipment and installations; and

    • (b) the signals for summoning the crew to their survival craft and fire stations and particulars of these signals including the emergency signal for summoning the crew to muster stations which shall be a succession of seven or more short blasts followed by one long blast on the whistle or siren.

  • (2) In vessels of less than 45 metres in length the Administration may permit relaxation of the requirements of paragraph (1) if satisfied that, due to the small number of crew members, no muster list is necessary.

  • (3) The list of emergency signals shall be posted up in the wheelhouse and in the crew accommodation. Copies of the muster list shall be posted up in several parts of the vessel and, in particular, in the crew accommodation.

  • (4) Emergency signals specified in the muster list shall be made with the whistle or siren. Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall be fitted with an electrical system of alarm bells capable of being operated from the wheelhouse.

Regulation 126. Practice Musters and Drills [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A muster of the crew for abandon ship drill and fire drill shall take place at intervals of not more than one month, provided that these musters shall take place within 24 hours of leaving port whenever 25 per cent of the crew has been replaced since the last muster.

  • (2) When holding musters, the life-saving, fire-fighting and other safety equipment shall be examined to ensure that they are complete and in satisfactory working order.

  • (3) The dates on which musters are held shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration, and if no muster is held within the prescribed interval or a part muster only is held, an entry shall be made stating the circumstances and extent of the muster held. A report of the examination of the life-saving equipment shall be entered in the log book, together with a record of boats used.

  • (4) In vessels fitted with lifeboats, different boats shall be swung out at successive drills. The lifeboats shall, where practicable, be lowered into the water at least every four months at which time checks shall be carried out for the reliability of all apparatus and systems and the watertight integrity of the boats as well as operation of the releasing devices.

  • (5) The musters shall be so arranged as to ensure that the crew thoroughly understand and are practised in the duties they have to perform including instructions in the handling and operation of liferafts where these are carried.

Regulation 127. Training in Emergency Procedures [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The Administration shall take such measures as it may deem necessary to ensure that crews are adequately trained in their duties in the event of emergencies. Such training shall include, as appropriate:

    • (a) in respect of signals:

      • (i) understanding the definite signals required in the muster list; and

      • (ii) the meaning of and action to be taken on hearing the emergency signal;

    • (b) in respect of lifeboats and rescue boats:

      • (i) the preparation, swinging out (including the means for holding the boat alongside the vessel whilst embarking the crew), lowering the boat into the water and getting the boat away from the vessel;

      • (ii) rowing and steering when the boat is afloat;

      • (iii) understanding the orders commonly used during the operation of boat handling;

      • (iv) knowledge of the equipment carried and how to use such equipment; and

      • (v) understanding the operation of the engine, if fitted;

    • (c) in respect of liferafts:

      • (i) methods of launching and inflating liferafts and precautions to be taken before, during and after launching;

      • (ii) boarding liferafts, both davit launched and inflated afloat, and boarding rigid liferafts;

      • (iii) righting an inverted raft;

      • (iv) knowledge of how to use the sea anchor;

      • (v) knowledge of the equipment carried and how to use such equipment;

      • (vi) understanding the reason for “topping up” buoyancy tubes and for inflating the floor; and

      • (vii) understanding the instructions on how to survive in a liferaft;

    • (d) in respects of fire fighting:

      • (i) the dangers of hypothermia and how to minimize its effects; and

      • (ii) the use of life-jackets, other personal buoyancy garments and buoyant clothing; and

    • (e) in respect of fire fighting;

      • (i) the use of fire hoses with different nozzles;

      • (ii) the use of fire extinguishers;

      • (iii) knowledge of the location of fire doors; and

      • (iv) the use of breathing apparatus.

  • (2) The Administration shall give consideration to the need for providing information or training, or both, in respect of lifting persons from vessels and survival craft by helicopter.

CHAPTER IX. - RADIOTELEGRAPHY AND RADIOTELEPHONY [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

PART A. - APPLICATION AND DEFINITIONS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 128. Application [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter shall apply to both new and existing vessels. However, for existing vessels, the Administration may defer implementation of the requirements for a period not exceeding 6 years from the date of entry into force of the Convention.

  • (2) No provision in this Chapter shall prevent the use by a vessel or survival craft in distress of any means at its disposal to attract attention, make known its position and obtain help.

Regulation 129. Terms and Definitions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 1 For the purpose of this Chapter the following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

    • (a) “Radio Regulations” means the Radio Regulations annexed to, or regarded as being annexed to, the International Telecommunication Convention in force.

    • (b) “Radiotelegraph auto alarm” means an approved automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelegraph alarm signal.

    • (c) “Radiotelephone auto alarm” means an approved automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelephone alarm signal.

    • (d) “Radio Officer” means a person holding at least a radio communication operator's general certificate for the maritime mobile service or a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate complying with the Radio Regulations, who is employed in the radiotelegraph station of a vessel which is provided with such a station in compliance with Regulation 130 or Regulation 131.

    • (e) “Radio Operator” means a person holding a radiotelegraph operator's special certificate complying with the Radio Regulations.

    • (f) “Radiotelephone Operator” means a person holding an appropriate certificate complying with the Radio Regulations.

    • (g) “New installation” means an installation wholly installed on board a vessel on or after the date of entry into force of the Convention.

    • (h) “Existing installation” means any installation which is not a new installation.

    • (i) “Mile” 1 852 metres.

  • 2 “Radiotelephone station”, “Radiotelephone installation” and “Watches - radiotelephone” relate to the Medium Frequency Band, unless expressly provided otherwise.

  • 3 All other terms which are used in this Chapter and which are also defined in the Radio Regulations shall have the same meanings as defined in those Regulations.

Regulation 130. Radiotelegraph Station [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels of 75 metres in length and over, unless exempted under Regulation 132, shall be fitted with a radiotelegraph station complying with the provisions of Regulations 136 and 137.

Regulation 131. Radiotelephone Station [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every vessel unless exempted under Regulation 132 shall be fitted with a radiotelephone station complying with Regulations 142 and 143.

  • (2) In special circumstances the Administration may require or permit a vessel to be fitted with one of the following radio stations as an alternative to the requirements of paragraph (1):

    • (a) in a vessel of less than 75 metres in length a radiotelegraph station complying with Regulations 136 and 137; or

    • (b) in a vessel of any size which remains, while at sea, within Very High Frequency (VHF) coverage of coast stations, a VHF radiotelephone station complying with Regulation 144.

    In considering such special circumstances, the Administration shall have regard to the safety conditions at sea, including the maximum distance of the vessel from shore, the length of time the vessel is at sea, the absence of general navigational hazards likely to be encountered and the ability of the vessel to participate effectively in the maritime distress system.

Regulation 132. Exemptions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) In exceptional circumstances, the Administration may grant to an individual vessel a complete, partial or conditional exemption from the requirements of Regulations 130 or 131.

  • (2) Each Administration shall submit to the Organization as soon as possible after the first of January in each year a report showing all exemptions granted under paragraph (1) during the previous calendar year and the reasons therefor.

PART B. - WATCHES [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 133. Watches - Radiotelegraph [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A vessel fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with Regulations 130 or 131(2)(a) shall, while at sea, carry at least one radio officer or radio operator, and, if not fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, such radio officer or radio operator shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (3), listen continuously on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using headphones or a loudspeaker.

  • (2)

    • (a) While a vessel fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with Regulation 130 and fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm is at sea, a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (3), listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency for at least 8 hours a day in the aggregate.

    • (b) While a vessel of less than 75 metres in length fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with Regulation 131(2)(a) and fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm is at sea, a radio officer or radio operator using headphones or a loudspeaker shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (3), listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency during such periods as may be determined by the Administration.

  • (3)

    • (a) During the period when a radio officer or radio operator is required by this Regulation to listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency, the radio officer or radio operator may discontinue such listening during the time when he is handling traffic on other frequencies, or when the radio officer is performing other essential radio duties, but only if it is impracticable to listen by split headphones or loudspeaker. The listening watch shall always be maintained by a radio officer or radio operator using headphones or loudspeaker during the silence periods provided for by the Radio Regulations. The term “essential radio duties” of the radio officer includes urgent repairs of:

      • (i) equipment for radiocommunication used for safety; and

      • (ii) radio navigational equipment by order of the skipper.

    • (b) In addition, on vessels other than multi-radio officer fishing vessels, the radio officer may, in exceptional cases, i.e. when it is impractical to listen by split headphones or loudspeaker, discontinue listening by order of the skipper in order to carry out maintenance required to prevent imminent malfunction of:

      • (i) equipment for radiocommunication used for safety;

      • (ii) radio navigational equipment; and

      • (iii) other electronic navigational equipment including its repair;

      provided that:

      • (iv) the radio officer, at the discretion of the Administration, is appropriately qualified to perform these duties;

      • (v) a receiving selector is fitted which meets the requirements of the Radio Regulations; and

      • (vi) the listening watch is always maintained by a radio officer using headphones or loudspeaker during the silence periods provided for by the Radio Regulations.

  • (4) In vessels fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm this radiotelegraph auto alarm shall, while the vessel is at sea, be in operation whenever there is no listening watch being maintained under paragraphs (2) or (3) and, whenever practicable, during direction-finding operations.

  • (5) The listening periods provided for by this Regulation, including those which are determined by the Administration, shall preferably be maintained during periods prescribed for the radiotelegraph service by the Radio Regulations.

Regulation 134. Watches - Radiotelephone [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) On a vessel fitted only with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 131, a continuous watch shall, for safety purposes, while at sea, be maintained on the radiotelephone distress frequency in the place on board from which the vessel is usually navigated, by means of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm.

    • (b) A vessel referred to in sub-paragraph (a) shall carry radiotelephone operators holding an appropriate certificate for radiotelephony (who may be any member of the crew) as follows:

      • (i) vessels of 45 metres in length and over, at least two operators; and

      • (ii) vessels of less than 45 metres in length, at least one operator.

    If a vessel carries one radiotelephone operator exclusively employed for duties related to radiotelephony, a second operator need not be carried.

  • (2) On a vessel fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with Regulations 130 or 131(2)(a) a continuous watch shall be maintained, while at sea, on the radiotelephone distress frequency in a place to be determined by the Administration, by means of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm.

Regulation 135. Watches - VHF Radiotelephone [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) On a vessel fitted with a VHF radiotelephone station, in accordance with Regulation 131(2)(b), a listening watch shall be maintained, while at sea, on the VHF radiotelephone distress frequency except when the VHF radiotelephone station is engaged in communications on a working frequency.

  • (2) On a vessel fitted with a VHF radiotelephone station required by a Party in order to promote the safety of navigation in waters near its coast, a listening watch shall be maintained in the wheelhouse for such periods and on such channels as may be prescribed by that Party.

PART C. - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 136. Radiotelegraph Stations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radiotelegraph station shall be so located that no harmful interference from extraneous mechanical or other noise will be caused to the proper reception of radio signals. The station shall be placed as high in the vessel as is practicable, so that the greatest possible degree of safety may be secured.

  • (2) The radiotelegraph operating room shall be of sufficient size and of adequate ventilation to enable the radiotelegraph station to be operated efficiently, and shall not be used for any purpose which will interfere with the operation of the radiotelegraph station.

  • (3) The sleeping accommodation of at least one radio officer shall be situated as near as practicable to the radiotelegraph operating room.

  • (4) An efficient two-way system for calling and voice communication shall be provided between the radiotelegraph operating room and the wheelhouse and one other place, if any, from which the vessel is navigated and which shall be independent of the main communication system of the vessel.

  • (5) The radiotelegraph station shall be installed in such a position that it will be protected against the harmful effects of water or extremes of temperature. It shall be readily accessible both for immediate use in case of distress and for repair.

  • (6) A reliable clock with a dial not less than 125 millimetres in diameter and a concentric seconds hand, the face of which is marked to indicate the silence periods prescribed for the radiotelegraph service by the Radio Regulations, shall be provided. It shall be securely mounted in the radiotelegraph operating room in such a position that the entire dial can be easily and accurately observed by the radio officer or radio operator from the radiotelegraph operating position and from the position for testing the radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver.

  • (7) A reliable emergency light shall be provided in the radiotelegraph operating room, consisting of an electric lamp permanently arranged so as to provide satisfactory illumination of the operating controls of the radiotelegraph station and of the clock required by paragraph (6). This lamp shall, if supplied from the reserve source of energy, be controlled by two-way switches placed near the main entrance to the radiotelegraph operating room and at the radiotelegraph operating position, unless the layout of the radiotelegraph operating room does not warrant it. These switches shall be clearly labelled to indicate their purpose.

  • (8) Either an electric inspection lamp, operated from the reserve source of energy and provided with a flexible lead of adequate length, or a flashlight shall be provided and kept in the radiotelegraph operating room.

  • (9) The radiotelegraph station shall be provided with such maintenance manuals, spare parts, tools and testing equipment as will enable the radiotelegraph station to be maintained in efficient working condition while at sea. The testing equipment shall include at least a portable multimeter capable of accurately measuring alternating currents and voltages, direct currents and voltages, and resistance values likely to be encountered in servicing the station.

  • (10) If a separate emergency radiotelegraph operating room is provided the requirements of paragraphs (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) shall apply to it.

Regulation 137. Radiotelegraph Installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Regulation:

    • (a) other than in a vessel fitted with a reserve Medium Frequency (MF) radiotelegraph installation, the radiotelegraph installation shall be electrically separate and electrically independent of the radiotelephone installation referred to in Regulation 143;

    • (b) the installation shall include a transmitter, a receiver and a main source of energy;

    • (c) a main antenna shall be provided and installed and, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall be suitably protected against breakage;

    • (d) a spare antenna completely assembled for immediate installation shall be carried; and

    • (e) sufficient antenna wire and insulators shall in all cases be provided to enable a suitable antenna to be erected.

  • (2)

    • (a) The transmitter shall be capable of being quickly connected with and tuned to the main antenna and the spare antenna when erected.

    • (b) The receiver shall be capable of being quickly connected with any antenna with which it is required to be used.

  • (3) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. In addition, the transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on at least two working frequencies in the authorized bands between 405 kilohertz and 535 kilohertz, using classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies.

  • (4) The transmitter shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and a note frequency between 450 hertz and 1 350 hertz.

  • (5) The transmitter shall, when connected to the main antenna, have a minimum normal range on 500 kilohertz as specified in this paragraph and shall be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over the following minimum normal ranges:

    • (a) 150 miles in vessels of 75 metres in length and over;

    • (b) 100 miles in vessels of a length of less than 75 metres but of 45 metres and over; and

    • (c) 50 miles in vessels of less than 45 metres in length.

    (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the root mean square value of the field strength at the receiver is at least 50 microvolts per metre.)

  • (6)

    • (a) The receiver shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.

    • (b) In addition, the receiver shall permit the reception of such of the frequencies and classes of emission used for the transmission of time signals, meteorological messages and such other communications relating to safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration.

  • (7) The receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals in headphones or by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts.

  • (8) There shall be available at all times, while the vessel is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to operate the installation over the normal range required by paragraph (5) as well as for the purpose of charging any batteries forming part of the radiotelegraph station. The voltage of the supply for the installation shall, in the case of new vessels, be maintained within plus or minus 10 per cent of the rated voltage. In the case of existing vessels, it shall be maintained as near the rated voltage as possible and, if practicable, within plus or minus 10 per cent.

  • (9) Where a reserve MF radiotelegraph installation is fitted or a radiotelegraph installation is fitted as the main installation under the provisions of Regulation 131(2)(a), a reserve source of energy complying with Regulation 143(9), (10), (11) en (12), with sufficient capacity to operate the transmitter and receiver for at least 6 hours continuously, shall be provided.

  • (10) While the vessel is at sea, accumulator batteries shall be brought up to the normal fully charged condition daily.

  • (11) All steps shall be taken to eliminate so far as is possible the causes of, and to suppress, radio interference from electrical and other apparatus on board. If necessary, steps shall be taken to ensure that the antennae attached to broadcast receivers do not cause interference to the efficient or correct working of the radiotelegraph installation. Particular attention shall be paid to this requirements in the design of new vessels.

  • (12) In addition to a means for manually transmitting the radiotelegraph alarm signal, an automatic radiotelegraph alarm signal keying device shall be provided capable of keying the transmitter so as to transmit the radiotelegraph alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit immediate manual operation of the transmitter. If electrically operated, this keying device shall be capable of operation from the reserve source of energy.

  • (13) All items of equipment forming part of the radiotelegraph station shall be reliable, and shall be so constructed that they are readily accessible for maintenance purposes.

Regulation 138. Radiotelegraph Auto Alarm [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A radiotelegraph auto alarm shall comply with the following minimum requirements:

    • (a) in the absence of interference of any kind it shall be capable of being actuated, without manual adjustment, by any radiotelegraph alarm signal transmitted on the radiotelegraph distress frequency by any coast station, ship's or vessel's emergency or survival craft transmitter operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, provided that the strength of the signal at the receiver input is greater than 100 microvolts and less than 1 volt;

    • (b) in the absence of interference of any kind it shall be actuated by either three or four consecutive dashes when the dashes vary in length from 3.5 to as near 6 seconds as possible and the spaces vary in length between 1.5 seconds and the lowest practicable value, preferably not greater than 10 milliseconds;

    • (c) it shall not be actuated by atmospherics or by any signal other than the radiotelegraph alarm signal, provided that the received signals do not in fact constitute a signal falling within the tolerance limits referred to in sub-paragraph (b);

    • (d) the selectivity of the radiotelegraph auto alarm shall be such as to provide a practically uniform sensitivity over a band extending not less than 4 kilohertz and not more than 8 kilohertz on each side of the radiotelegraph distress frequency and to provide outside this band a sensitivity which decreases as rapidly as possible in conformity with the best engineering practice;

    • (e) if practicable, it shall, in the presence of atmospherics or interfering signals, automatically adjust itself so that within a reasonably short time it approaches the condition in which it can most readily distinguish the radiotelegraph alarm signal;

    • (f) when actuated by a radiotelegraph alarm signal, or in the event of failure of the apparatus, it shall cause a continuous audible warning to be given in the radiotelegraph operating room, in the radio officer's or radio operator's sleeping accommodation and in the wheelhouse. If practicable, warning shall also be given in the case of failure of any part of the whole alarm receiving system. Only one switch for stopping the warning shall be provided and this shall be situated in the radiotelegraph operating room;

    • (g) for the purpose of regularly testing the radiotelegraph auto alarm, the apparatus shall include a generator pre-tuned to the radiotelegraph distress frequency and a keying device by means of which a radiotelegraph alarm signal of the minimum strength referred to in sub-paragraph (a) is produced. Means shall also be provided for attaching headphones for the purpose of listening to signals received on the radiotelegraph auto alarm; and

    • (h) all be capable of withstanding vibration, humidity and anges of temperature, equivalent to severe conditions experienced on board vessels at sea, and shall continue to operate under such conditions.

  • (2) Before a new type of radiotelegraph auto alarm is approved, the Administration shall be satisfied, by practical tests made under operating conditions equivalent to those obtaining in practice, that the apparatus complies with paragraph (1).

  • (3) In vessels fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, its efficiency shall be tested by a radio officer or radio operator at least once every 24 hours while at sea. If it is not in working order, the radio officer or radio operator shall report that fact to the skipper or officer on watch.

  • (4) A radio officer or radio operator shall periodically check the proper functioning of the radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver, with its normal antenna connected, by listening to signals and by comparing them with similar signals received on the radiotelegraph distress frequency on the main installation.

  • (5) As far as practicable, the radiotelegraph auto alarm, when connected to an antenna, shall not affect the accuracy of the direction-finder.

Regulation 139. Direction Finders [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) The direction-finding apparatus required by Regulation 153 shall be efficient and capable of receiving signals with the minimum of receiver noise and of taking bearings from which the true bearing and direction may be determined.

    • (b) It shall be capable of receiving signals on the radiotelegraph frequencies assigned by the Radio Regulations for the purposes of distress and direction-finding and for maritime radio beacons.

    • (c) In the absence of interference the direction-finding apparatus shall have a sensitivity sufficient to permit accurate bearings being taken on a signal having a field strength as low as 50 microvolts per metre.

    • (d) As far as is practicable, the direction-finding apparatus shall be so located that as little interference as possible from mechanical or other noise will be caused to the efficient determination of bearings.

    • (e) As far as is practicable, the direction-finding antennae system shall be erected in such a manner that the efficient determination of bearings will be hindered as little as possible by the close proximity of other antennae, derricks, wire halyards or other large metal objects.

    • (f) An efficient two-way means of calling and voice communication shall be provided between the direction-finder and the wheelhouse.

    • (g) All direction-finders shall be calibrated to the satisfaction of the Administration on first installation. The calibration shall be verified by check bearings or by a further calibration whenever any changes are made in the position of any antennae or of any structures on deck which might affect appreciably the accuracy of the direction-finder. The calibration particulars shall be checked at yearly intervals, or as near thereto as possible. A record shall be kept of the calibrations and of the checks made of their accuracy.

  • (2)

    • (a) The direction-finding apparatus and radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency shall be capable of taking direction-finding bearings on that frequency without ambiguity of sense within an arc of 30 degrees on either side of the bow. Installation and testing of this equipment shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • (b) All reasonable steps shall be taken to ensure the homing capability. Where due to technical difficulties the homing capability cannot be achieved, the Administration may exempt individual vessels from this requirement.

Regulation 140. Radiotelegraph Installation for Fitting in Motor Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radiotelegraph installation required by Regulation 123 shall include a transmitter, a receiver and a source of energy. It shall be so designed that it can be used in an emergency by an unskilled person.

  • (2) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. The transmitter shall also be capable of transmitting on the frequency, and of using a class of emission, assigned by the Radio Regulations for use by survival craft in the bands between 4 000 kilohertz and 27 500 kilohertz.

  • (3) The transmitter shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and a note frequency between 450 hertz and 1 350 hertz.

  • (4) In addition to a key for manual transmissions the transmitter shall be fitted with an automatic keying device for the transmission of the radiotelegraph alarm and distress signals.

  • (5) On the radiotelegraph distress frequency the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range as specified in Regulation 137(5) of 25 miles using the fixed antenna.

  • (6) The receiver shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.

  • (7) The source of energy shall consist of an accumulator battery with sufficient capacity to supply the transmitter for four hours continuously under normal working conditions. If the battery is of a type that requires charging, means shall be available for charging it from the vessel's power supply. In addition there shall be a means for charging it after the lifeboat has been launched.

  • (8) When the power for the radiotelegraph installation and the searchlight required by Regulation 123 are drawn from the same battery, it shall have sufficient capacity to provide for the additional load of the searchlight.

  • (9) A fixed-type antenna shall be provided together with means for supporting it at the maximum practicable height. In addition an antenna supported by a kite or balloon shall be provided if practicable.

  • (10) At sea a radio officer shall at weekly intervals test the transmitter using a suitable artificial antenna, and shall bring the battery up to full charge if it is of a type which requires charging.

Regulation 141. Portable Radio Apparatus for Survival Craft and Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Administration shall prescribe the technical criteria, maintenance and tests for the portable transmitter/receiver and emergency position-indicating radio beacon, required by Regulation 122.

Regulation 142. Radiotelephone Stations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radiotelephone station shall be placed in the upper part of the vessel and so located that it is sheltered to the greatest possible extent from noise which might impair the correct reception of messages and signals.

  • (2) There shall be efficient communication between the radiotelephone station and the wheelhouse.

  • (3) A reliable clock with a dial not less than 125 millimetres in diameter, the face of which is marked to indicate the silence periods prescribes for the radiotelephone service by the Radio Regulations, shall be provided. It shall be securely mounted in such a position that the entire dial can be easily and accurately observed by the operator.

  • (4) A card of instructions giving a clear summary of the radiotelephone distress procedure shall be displayed in full view of the radiotelephone operating position.

  • (5) A reliable emergency light shall be provided, independent of the system which supplies the normal lighting of the radiotelephone installation and permanently arranged so as to be capable of providing adequate illumination of the operating controls of the radiotelephone installation, the clock and the card of instructions.

  • (6) Where a source of energy consists of a battery or batteries, the radiotelephone station shall be provided with a means of assessing the charge condition.

Regulation 143. Radiotelephone Installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radiotelephone installation shall include transmitting and receiving equipment and appropriate sources of energy (referred to in this Regulation as the transmitter, the receiver, the radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, and the source of energy respectively).

  • (2) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency and on at least one other frequency in the bands between 1 605 kilohertz and 2 850 kilohertz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In normal operation a double sideband transmission or a single sideband transmission with full carrier (i.e. A3H) shall have a depth of modulation of at least 70 per cent at peak intensity. Modulation of a single sideband transmission with reduced or suppressed carrier (A3A, A3J) shall be such that the unwanted emission shall not exceed the values given in the Radio Regulations.

  • (3)

    • (a) In vessels of 45 metres in length and over, the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of 150 miles and shall be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over this range. (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the root mean square value of the field strength produced at the receiver by an unmodulated carrier is at least 25 microvolts per metre for A3 and A3H emissions.)

    • (b) In vessels of less than 45 metres in length the transmitter shall produce a power in the antenna of at least 15 watts for A3 emission or 60 watts for A3H emission. In any case the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of at least 75 miles.

  • (4) The transmitter shall be fitted with a device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal by automatic means so designed as to prevent actuation by mistake. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit the immediate transmission of a distress message. Arrangements shall be made to check periodically the proper functioning of the device on frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency using a suitable artificial antenna.

  • (5) The device required by paragraph (4) shall comply with the following requirements:

    • (a) the tolerance of the frequency of each tone shall be plus or minus 1.5 per cent;

    • (b) the tolerance on the duration of each tone shall be plus or minus 50 milliseconds;

    • (c) the interval between successive tones shall not exceed 50 milliseconds; and

    • (d) the ratio of the amplitude of the stronger tone to that of the weaker shall be within the range of 1 to 1.2.

  • (6) The receiver required by paragraph (1) shall be capable of receiving the radiotelephone distress frequency and at least one other frequency available for maritime radiotelephone stations in the bands between 1 605 kilohertz and 2 850 kilohertz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In addition the receiver shall permit the reception of such other frequencies, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations, as are used for the transmission by radiotelephony of meteorological messages and such other communications relating to the safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration. The receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts.

  • (7) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver shall be pre-set to this frequency. It shall be provided with a filtering unit or a device to silence the loudspeaker in the absence of a radiotelephone alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being easily switched in and out and may be used when, in the opinion of the skipper, conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the vessel.

  • (8) To permit rapid change-over from transmission to reception when manual switching is used, the control for the switching device shall, where practicable, be located on the microphone or the telephone handset.

  • (9)

    • (a) While the vessel is at sea, there shall be available at all times a main source of energy sufficient to operate the installation over the normal range required in paragraph (3).

    • (b) A reserve source of energy shall be provided:

      • (i) in the upper part of vessels of 45 metres in length and over; and

      • (ii) in a position as high as practicable in vessels of less than 45 metres in length,

      which under all circumstances shall have sufficient capacity to operate the transmitter and receiver for at least 6 hours continuously under normal working conditions.

    • (c) If the reserve source of energy supplies several of the radio installations mentioned in paragraph (10) its capacity shall be sufficient to operate the transmitter and receiver of these installations continuously and simultaneously for at least 6 hours unless one switchgear permits the selective operation of the radio installations.

    • (d) The reserve source of energy may also be used as the main source of energy, provided that the manner of installation and use is such that these requirements are met at all times when the vessel is at sea.

    • (e) A reserve source of energy is not required for the radiotelephone installation if a reserve medium frequency radiotelegraph installation with a reserve source of energy is fitted.

  • (10) The reserve source of energy shall be used to supply only:

    • (a) the radiotelephone installation;

    • (b) the radiotelegraph installation or the reserve radiotelegraph installation, including the radiotelegraph auto alarm and the device required by Regulation 137(12) for keying radiotelegraph alarm signals if electrically operated;

    • (c) the VHF installation;

    • (d) the emergency light required by Regulation 142(5); and

    • (e) the device required by paragraph (4) for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal.

  • (11) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (10), the Administration may authorize the use of the reserve source of energy for a direction-finder, if fitted, and for a number of low-power emergency circuits which are wholly confined to the upper part of the vessel such as emergency lighting on the embarkation station for survival craft, on condition that the additional loads can be readily disconnected, and that the source of energy is of sufficient capacity to carry them.

  • (12) While the vessel is at sea, any battery provided shall be kept charged so as to meet the requirements of paragraph (9) and in any case shall be capable of being brought to a fully charged state within a period of 16 hours.

  • (13) An antenna shall be provided and installed and, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall be protected against breakage. In addition, a spare antenna shall be carried on board completely assembled for immediate replacement or, where this is not practicable, sufficient antenna wire and insulators to enable a spare antenna to be erected. The necessary tools to erect an antenna shall also be provided.

Regulation 144. VHF Radiotelephone Stations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) When a VHF radiotelephone station is provided it shall be a permanent installation situated in the upper part of the vessel and include a VHF radiotelephone installation complying with the provisions of this Regulation and comprising a transmitter and receiver, a source of power capable of actuating them at their rated power levels, and an antenna suitable for efficiently radiating and receiving signals at the operating frequencies.

  • (2) Such a VHF installation shall conform to the requirements laid down in the Radio Regulations for equipment used in the Maritime Mobile VHF International Radiotelephone Service and shall be capable of operation on those channels specified by the Radio Regulations and as may be required by the Administration concerned.

  • (3) The transmitter radio frequency carrier power output shall be at least 10 watts with a reduction capability to 1 watt. The antenna shall, as far as is practicable, have an unobstructed view in all directions.

  • (4) Control of the VHF channels required for navigational safety shall be immediately available in the wheelhouse convenient to the conning position and, where necessary, facilities shall also be available to permit radiocommunications from the wings of the wheelhouse.

  • (5) Where a VHF radiotelephone station is fitted as the main installation under the provisions of Regulation 131(2)(b), a reserve source of energy shall be provided complying with Regulation 143(9), (10), (11) and (12) with sufficient capacity to operate the transmitter and receiver for at least 6 hours continuously.

Regulation 145. Radiotelephone Auto Alarms [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radiotelephone auto alarm shall comply with the following minimum requirements:

    • (a) the frequencies of maximum response of the tuned circuits, and other tone selecting devices, shall be subject to a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percent of each instance; and the response shall not fall below 50 percent of the maximum response for frequencies within 3 per cent of the frequency of maximum response;

    • (b) in the absence of noise and interference, the automatic receiving equipment shall be capable of operating from the alarm signal in a period of not less than 4 and not more than 6 seconds;

    • (c) the automatic receiving equipment shall respond to the alarm signal under conditions of intermittent interference caused by atmospherics and powerful signals other than the alarm signal, preferably without any manual adjustment being required during any period of watch maintained by the equipment;

    • (d) the automatic receiving equipment shall not be actuated by atmospherics or by powerful signals other than the alarm signal;

    • (e) the automatic receiving equipment shall be effective beyond the range at which speech transmission is satisfactory;

    • (f) automatic receiving equipment shall be capable of withstanding vibration, humidity, changes of temperature and variations in power supply voltage equivalent to the severe conditions experienced on board vessels at sea, and shall continue to operate under such conditions; and

    • (g) the automatic receiving equipment shall, as far as practicable, give warning of faults that would prevent the apparatus from performing its normal functions during watch hours.

  • (2) Before a new type of radiotelephone auto alarm is approved, the Administration shall be satisfied by practical tests, made under operating conditions equivalent to those obtained in practice, that the apparatus complies with paragraph (1).

PART D. - RADIO LOGS [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 146. Radio Logs [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) The radio log (diary of the radio service) required by the Radio Regulations for a vessel which is fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with Regulations 130 or 131(2)(a) shall be kept in the radiotelegraph operating room while at sea. Every radio officer or radio operator shall enter in the log his name, the times at which he goes on and off watch, and all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:

    • (a) the details required by the Radio Regulations;

    • (b) details of the maintenance, including a record of the charging of the batteries, in such form as may be prescribed by the Administration;

    • (c) a daily statement with regard to the fulfilment of Regulation 137(10);

    • (d) in vessels fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, details of tests made under Regulation 138(3);

    • (e) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by Regulation 140(10), and details of the tests required by that paragraph in respect of the transmitters fitted in motor lifeboats;

    • (f) details of the maintenance and tests of portable radio apparatus for survival craft and EPIRB required by the Administration in accordance with Regulation 141; and

    • (g) the time at which the listening watch is discontinued in accordance with Regulation 133(3) together with the reason and the time at which the listening watch is resumed.

  • (2) The radio log required by the Radio Regulations for a vessel which is fitted with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 131 shall be kept at the place where the listening watch is maintained. Every qualified operator and every crew member carrying out a listening watch in accordance with Regulation 134 shall enter in the log, with his name, the details of all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:

    • (a) the details required by the Radio Regulations;

    • (b) the time at which the listening watch begins when the vessel leaves port, and the time at which it ends when the vessel reaches port;

    • (c) the time at which the listening watch is for any reason discontinued together with the reason and the time at which the listening watch is resumed;

    • (d) details of the maintenance of the batteries (if provided), including a record of the charging required by Regulation 143(12); and

    • (e) details of the maintenance and tests of portable radio apparatus for survival craft and EPIRB required by the Administration in accordance with Regulation 141.

  • (3) The radio log required for a vessel which is fitted with a VHF radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 131(2)(b) shall be kept at the place where the listening watch is maintained. Every qualified operator and every crew member carrying out a listening watch shall enter in the log the details of all communications connected with distress. In addition, there shall be entered in the log such details as may be required by the Administration.

  • (4) Radio logs shall be available for inspection by the officers authorized by the Administration to make such inspection.

CHAPTER X. - SHIPBORNE NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Regulation 147. Exemptions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The Administration may exempt any vessel from any of the requirements of this Chapter where it considers that the nature of the voyage or the vessel's proximity to land, does not warrant such requirements.

Regulation 148. Compasses [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall be fitted with:

    • (a) a standard magnetic compass in a suitable binnacle positioned on the vessel's centreline, to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

    • (b) a second magnetic compass in a suitable binnacle adjacent to the main steering position for the helmsman to steer by. However, where a projected or reflected image of the standard compass required in sub-paragraph (a) is provided for this purpose the second magnetic compass shall be fitted in a suitable position to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Vessels of less than 45 metres in length shall be fitted with:

    • (a) standard magnetic compass in a suitable binnacle positioned on the vessel's centreline with a projected or reflected image provided adjacent to the main steering position for the helmsman to steer by. The installation shall be fitted to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

    • (b) a second magnetic compass in a binnacle at the main steering position, where a projected or reflected image of the standard compass is not provided for the helmsman to steer by.

  • (3) A gyro-compass to the satisfaction of the Administration shall be fitted:

    • (a) in vessels of 75 metres in length and over; and

    • (b) in vessels of less than 75 metres in length intended for operation in latitudes where the horizontal component of the earth's total magnetic force is insufficient to provide adequate directional stability to the magnetic compass.

    The gyro-compass required by sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) shall be so positioned that it can be read by the helmsman, either directly or from a repeater at the main steering position, and shall be fitted with a repeater or repeaters for taking bearings, to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (4) Where a gyro-compass is fitted which can be read by the helmsman either directly or from a repeater at the main steering position, the second magnetic compass referred to in sub-paragraphs (1)(b) and (2)(b) need not be fitted, provided that the projected or reflected image of the standard magnetic compass is available for the helmsman to steer by.

  • (5) Means shall be provided to enable compass bearings to be taken by day and night.

  • (6) Magnetic compasses shall be properly compensated and a list or curve of residual deviations provided on board the vessel.

  • (7) Where a transmitting magnetic compass and repeater is fitted it shall be provided with an emergency electrical supply to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (8) Illumination and facilities for dimming shall be provided to enable reading of the compass card at all times. If illumination is provided by the vessel's main electrical supply, emergency illumination shall be available.

  • (9) Where only one magnetic compass is carried, a spare magnetic compass bowl which is interchangeable with the magnetic compass shall be carried.

  • (10) A voice pipe or other adequate means of communication between the standard compass position and the normal navigation control position or emergency steering position, if fitted, shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 149. Depth Sounding Equipment [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall be provided with an echo-sounding device to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) Vessels of less than 45 metres in length shall be provided with suitable means to the satisfaction of the Administration for determining the depth of water under the vessel.

Regulation 150. Radar Equipment [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall be fitted with radar equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • (2) In vessels of less than 45 metres in length where radar is fitted the installation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Regulation 151. Nautical Instruments and Publications [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Suitable nautical instruments, adequate and up-to-date charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, notices to mariners, tide tables and all other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage, to the satisfaction of the Administration, shall be carried.

Regulation 152. Signalling Equipment [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) A daylight signalling lamp shall be provided the operation of which is not solely dependent upon the main source of electrical power. The power supply shall in any case include a portable battery.

  • (2) Vessels of 45 metres in length and over shall be provided with a full complement of flags and pennants to enable communications to be sent using the International Code of Signals in force.

  • (3) In all vessels the International Code of Signals in force shall be carried.

Regulation 153. Direction Finders [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels of 75 metres in length and over shall be fitted with radio direction-finding apparatus complying with the requirements of Regulation 139.

Regulation 154. Speed and Distance Indicator [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Vessels of 75 metres in length and over shall be fitted with a suitable instrument for measuring speed and distance through the water.

Appendix 1. Certificates [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Appendix 2. Specification for life-saving appliances [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

1. Construction of Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 1.1 Rigid Lifeboats

    • 1.1.1 Lifeboats shall have rigid sides and internal buoyancy only. The Administration may approve lifeboats with a rigid shelter, provided that it may be readily opened from both inside and outside, and does not impede rapid embarkation and disembarkation or the launching and handling of the lifeboat.

    • 1.1.2 Lifeboats shall be not less than 7.3 metres in length except where owing to the size of the vessel, or for other reasons, the Administration considers the carriage of such lifeboats unreasonable or impracticable. No lifeboat shall be less than 4.9 metres in length.

    • 1.1.3 No lifeboat shall be approved the mass of which when fully laden with persons and equipment exceeds 20 300 kilogrammes or which has a carrying capacity calculated in accordance with Regulation 112(3) of more than 150 persons.

    • 1.1.4 Lifeboats permitted to carry more than 60 persons shall be motor lifeboats complying with the requirements of Section 2.1 of this Appendix.

    • 1.1.5 Lifeboats shall be of sufficient strength to enable them to be safely lowered into the water with their full complement of persons and equipment and will not suffer residual deflection if subjected to an overload of 25 per cent.

    • 1.1.6 Lifeboats shall have a mean sheer at least equal to 4 per cent of their length. The sheer shall be approximately parabolic in form.

    • 1.1.7 Lifeboats shall have inherent buoyancy, or shall be fitted with watertight air cases or other equivalent non-corrodible buoyant material which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products, sufficient to float the lifeboat and its equipment when the lifeboat is flooded and open to the sea. An additional volume of watertight air cases or other equivalent non-corrodible buoyant material, which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products, equal to at least one tenth of the cubic capacity of the lifeboat shall be provided. The Administration may permit the watertight air cases to be filled with a non-corrodible buoyant material which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products.

    • 1.1.8 Thwarts and side seats shall be fitted as low in the lifeboat as practicable.

    • 1.1.9 The block coefficient of the cubic capacity, as determined in accordance with Section 3 of this Appendix, of lifeboats, except wooden lifeboats made of planks, shall be not less than 0.64 provided that any such lifeboat may have a block coefficient of less than 0.64 if the Administration is satisfied that the metacentric height and freeboard are adequate when the lifeboat is loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

    • 1.1.10 Arrangements shall be provided for adequately siting and securing in the operating position the antenna provided with the portable radio equipment referred to in Regulation 122.

  • 1.2 Inflated Lifeboats

    • 1.2.1 The lifeboat's buoyancy shall consist of at least two inflated tubes arranged one on top of the other on both sides of the lifeboat.

    • 1.2.2 The buoyancy tubes shall be made of approved material.

    • 1.2.3

      • (a) The minimum diameter of the buoyancy tubes shall not be less than:

        • (i) 350 millimetres of lifeboats certified to carry not more than 15 persons; and

        • (ii) 400 millimetres for lifeboats certified to carry more than 15 persons.

      • (b) Where the buoyancy tubes are of different diameters the tube with the larger diameter shall be the lower tube.

    • 1.2.4 The buoyancy of the lifeboat, when loaded with the full complement of persons and equipment, shall be so arranged as to ensure by division into a number of separate compartments that, after a loss of 50 per cent of its buoyancy in any part or parts of its buoyancy tubes, the lifeboat remains stable and maintains adequately its shape to provide sufficient space for its full complement of persons. Each compartment shall be capable of being inflated separately.

    • 1.2.5 Lifeboats shall be so constructed as to maintain their shape and rigidity in all operating and loading conditions.

    • 1.2.6 Lifeboats shall be so constructed as to be capable of withstanding exposure for 30 days afloat in all sea conditions and have a sufficient margin of durability to ensure that their performance will not be affected by being stowed on an exposed deck during the period between normal inspections.

    • 1.2.7 The floor of lifeboats shall be waterproof and provide an efficient working platform of adequate strength capable of withstanding all stresses to which it may be subjected in all operating conditions, including lowering of the lifeboat loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

    • 1.2.8 The stability of a lifeboat shall be adequate and positive when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

    • 1.2.9 The ratio of length to width of a lifeboat shall not exceed 2.2, unless the Administration is satisfied that departure from this ratio will not impair the seaworthiness of the lifeboat.

    • 1.2.10 Lifeboats shall be of sufficient strength to enable them to be safely lowered into the water with their full complement of persons and equipment. They shall be strong enough to withstand a 25 per cent overload test without significant distortion or any resultant permanent deformation.

    • 1.2.11 Materials used in the construction of lifeboats shall be unaffected by oil or oil products and be highly resistant to ultra-violet light. The lifeboat shall be capable of operating throughout a temperature range of plus 66 degrees celsius to minus 30 degrees celsius.

    • 1.2.12 Rowing and seating thwarts shall be arranged as low as possible in the lifeboat. An adequate number of suitably positioned anti-capsizing bags shall be fitted, unless the Administration is satisfied that the stability and seaworthiness of the lifeboat when not fitted with anti-capsizing bags is sufficient.

    • 1.2.13 A suitable cover for protecting the occupants against injury from exposure shall be provided. The cover and the upper buoyancy tube shall be of a highly visible colour.

    • 1.2.14 An adequate number of strong patches shall be provided for attaching fittings and securing equipment.

    • 1.2.15 Rubbing strips shall be fitted underneath the bottom of the boat and along the lower buoyancy tube.

    • 1.2.16 Arrangements shall be provided for adequately siting and securing in the operating position the antenna provided with the portable radio equipment referred to in Regulation 122.

2. Motor Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The provisions of this Section are in addition to the provisions of Section I of this Appendix.

  • 2.1 Rigid Motor Lifeboats

    • 2.1.1 Motor lifeboats shall be fitted with a compression ignition engine which shall be kept so as to be at all times ready for use and be capable of being readily started in all conditions; sufficient fuel for at least 24 hours continuous operation at the speed specified in paragraph 2.1.3 of this Section shall be provided.

    • 2.1.2 The engine and its accessories shall be suitably enclosed to ensure operation under adverse weather conditions, and the engine casing shall be fire-resisting. Provision shall be made for going astern.

    • 2.1.3 The speed ahead of the motor lifeboat in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment shall be at least 6 knots.

    • 2.1.4 Adequate protection from the propeller shall be provided for persons in the water.

    • 2.1.5 The volume of the internal buoyancy appliances of a motor lifeboat shall be increased above that required by paragraph 1.1.7 of this Appendix by the amount, if any, by which the volume of the internal buoyancy appliances required to support the engine and its accessories, and, if fitted, the searchlight and radiotelegraph installation and their accessories, exceeds the volume of the internal buoyancy appliances required, at the rate of 0.0283 cubic metres per person, to support the additional persons which the lifeboat could accommodate if the motor and its accessories, and, if fitted, the searchlight and radiotelegraph installation and their accessories, were removed.

    • 2.1.6 The radio installation required by Regulation 137 shall be installed in a cabin large enough to accommodate both the equipment and the person using it. The arrangements shall be such that the efficient operation of the transmitter and receiver shall not be interfered with by the engine while it is running, whether a battery is on charge or not. The radio battery shall not be used to supply power to any engine starting motor or ignition system. The motor lifeboat engine shall be fitted with a dynamo for recharging the radio battery, and for other services.

    • 2.1.7 The searchlight required by Regulation 123 shall include a lamp, an efficient reflector and a source of power which will give effective illumination of a light-coloured object having a width of about 18 metres at a distance of 180 metres for a total period of 6 hours and shall be capable of working for at least 3 hours continuously.

  • 2.2 Inflated Motor Lifeboats

    • 2.2.1 An inflated motor lifeboat shall be fitted with a compression ignition motor permanently attached to the lifeboat. The motor shall be kept at all times ready for use and be capable of being readily started in all conditions; sufficient fuel for at least 24 hours continuous operation at a speed specified in paragraph 2.2.3 of this Section shall be provided.

    • 2.2.2 The motor and its accessories shall be of such construction as to ensure operation under adverse weather conditions. Provisions shall be made for going astern. Adequate protection from the propeller shall be provided for persons in the water.

    • 2.2.3 The speed ahead of the motor lifeboat in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment shall be at least 6 knots.

    • 2.2.4 The reserve buoyancy shall be increased above that required by paragraph 1.2.4 of this Appendix by an amount sufficient to support the motor and its accessories.

3. Capacity of Rigid Lifeboats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 3.1 The capacity in cubic metres of a lifeboat calculated by the aid of Stirling's Rule may be considered as given by the following formula:

    • L 1/12 (4A + 2B + 4C)

    Where L1 is the length of the lifeboat in metres from the inside of the planking or plating at the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post; in the case of a lifeboat with a square stern, the length is measured to the inside of the transom; and A, B and C denote respectively the areas of the cross sections at the quarter-length forward, amidships, and the quarter-length aft, which correspond to the three points obtained by dividing L1 into four equal parts. (The areas corresponding to the two ends of the lifeboat are considered negligible.)

    The areas A, B and C shall be deemed to be given in square metres by the successive application of the following formula to each of the three cross sections:

    • h/12 (a + 4b + 2c + 4d + e)

    where h is the depth measured in metres inside the planking or plating from the keel to the level of the gunwale, or, in certain cases, to a lower level as determined hereafter; and a, b, c, d, e, denote the horizontal breadths of the lifeboat measured in metres at the upper and lower points of the depth and at the three points obtained by dividing h into four equal parts (a and e being the breadths at the extreme point, and c at the middle point of h).

  • 3.2 If the sheer of the gunwale, measured at the two points situated at a quarter of the length of the lifeboat from the ends, exceeds 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat, the depth employed in calculating the area of the cross sections A or C shall be deemed to be the depth amidships plus 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat.

  • 3.3 If the depth of the lifeboat amidships exceeds 45 per cent of the breadth, the depth employed in calculating the area of the amidship cross section B shall be deemed to be equal to 45 percent of the breadth, and the depth employed in calculating the areas of the quarter-length sections A and C is obtained by increasing this last figure by an amount equal to 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat, provided that in no case shall the depths employed in the calculation exceed the actual depths at these points.

  • 3.4 If the depth of the lifeboat is greater than 1.22 metres the number of persons given by the application of this Appendix in the manner specified in Regulation 112 shall be reduced in proportion to the ratio of 1.22 metres to the actual depth until the lifeboat has been satisfactorily tested afloat with that number of persons on board, all wearing life-jackets of an approved type.

  • 3.5 The Administration shall impose, by suitable formulae, a limit for the number of persons allowed in lifeboats with very fine ends and in lifeboats very full in form.

  • 3.6 The Administration may assign to a lifeboat constructed of wooden planks a capacity equal to the product of the length, the breadth and the depth multiplied by 0.6 if it is evident that this formula does not give a greater capacity than that obtained by the above method. The dimensions shall then be measured in the following manner:

    Length: From the intersection of the outside of the planking with the stem to the corresponding point at the stem post or, in the case of a square-sterned boat, to the afterside of the transom.

    Breadth: From the outside of the planking at the point where the breadth of the boat is greatest.

    Depth: Amidships inside the planking from the keel to the level of the gunwale, but the depth used in calculating the cubic capacity may not in any case exceed 45 per cent of the breadth.

    In all cases the owner of the vessel has the right to require that the cubic capacity of the lifeboat shall be determined by exact measurement.

  • 3.7 The cubic capacity of a motor lifeboat shall be obtained from the gross capacity by deducting a volume equal to that occupied by the motor and its accessories and, when carried, the radiotelegraph installation and searchlight with their accessories.

4. Liferafts [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 4.1 Rigid Liferafts

    • 4.1.1 A liferaft shall be so constructed that its air cases or buoyant material are placed as near as possible to its sides.

    • 4.1.2 The deck area of the liferaft shall be situated within that part of the liferaft which affords protection to its occupants. The nature of the deck shall be such as to prevent so far as practicable the ingress of water and it shall effectively support the occupants out of the water.

    • 4.1.3 The liferaft shall be fitted with a cover or equivalent arrangement of a highly visible colour, which shall be capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure whichever way up the liferaft is floating.

    • 4.1.4 The total mass of a liferaft and its equipment shall not exceed 180 kilogrammes except that such total weight may be exceeded where the liferaft is capable of being launched from both sides of the vessel or if means are provided for putting it into the water mechanically on either side of the vessel.

    • 4.1.5 The liferaft shall have a painter attached and a lifeline securely becketed round the outside. A lifeline shall also be fitted round the inside of the liferaft.

    • 4.1.6 The liferaft shall be fitted at each opening with efficient means to enable persons in the water to climb on board.

    • 4.1.7 The liferaft shall be so constructed as not to be affected by oil or oil products.

    • 4.1.8 A buoyant light of the electric battery type shall be attached to the liferaft by a lanyard.

    • 4.1.9 The liferaft shall be fitted with arrangements enabling it to be readily towed.

    • 4.1.10 The liferaft shall be so stowed as to float free in the event of the vessel sinking.

    • 4.1.11 Arrangements shall be provided for adequately siting and securing in the operating position the antenna provided with the portable radio equipment referred to in Regulation 122.

    • 4.1.12 A liferaft designed for use with a launching appliance shall be properly constructed for the purpose for which it is intended and shall be of sufficient strength to permit it to be safely lowered into the water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

  • 4.2 Inflatable Liferafts

    • 4.2.1 A liferaft shall be so constructed that, when fully inflated and floating with the cover uppermost, it shall be stable in a seaway.

    • 4.2.2 The liferaft shall be so constructed that if it is dropped into the water from a height of 18 metres, neither the liferaft nor its equipment will be damaged. If the liferaft is to be stowed on the vessel at a height above the water of more than 18 metres, it shall be of a type which has been satisfactorily drop-tested from a height at least equal to the height at which it is to be stowed.

    • 4.2.3 The construction of the liferaft shall include a cover which shall automatically be set in place when the liferaft is inflated. This cover shall be capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure, and means shall be provided for collecting rain. The top of the cover shall be fitted with a lamp which derives its luminosity from a sea-activated cell and a similar lamp shall also be fitted inside the liferaft. The cover of the liferaft shall be of a highly visible colour.

    • 4.2.4 The liferaft shall be fitted with a painter and shall have a line securely becketed round the outside. A lifeline shall also be fitted around the inside of the liferaft.

    • 4.2.5 The liferaft shall be capable of being readily righted by one person if it inflates in an inverted position.

    • 4.2.6 The liferaft shall be fitted at each opening with efficient means to enable persons in the water to climb on board.

    • 4.2.7 The liferaft shall be contained in a valise or other container so constructed as to be capable of withstanding hard wear under conditions met with at sea. The liferaft in its valise or other container shall be inherently buoyant.

    • 4.2.8 The buoyancy of the liferaft shall be so arranged as to ensure by a division into an even number of separate compartments, half of which shall be capable of supporting out of the water the number of persons which the liferaft is permitted to accommodate, or by some other equally efficient means, that there is a reasonable margin of buoyancy if the liferaft is damaged or partially fails to inflate.

    • 4.2.9 The total mass of the liferaft, its valise or other container and its equipment shall not exceed 180 kilogrammes.

    • 4.2.10 The floor of the liferaft shall be waterproof and shall be capable of being sufficiently insulated against cold.

    • 4.2.11 The liferaft shall be inflated by a gas which is not injurious to the occupants and the inflation shall take place automatically either on the pulling of a line or by some equally simple and efficient method. Means shall be provided whereby the topping-up pump or bellows required by paragraph 6.5.7 of this Appendix may be used to maintain pressure.

    • 4.2.12 The liferaft shall be of approved material and construction, and shall be so constructed as to be capable of withstanding exposure for 30 days afloat in all sea conditions.

    • 4.2.13 Materials used in the construction of liferafts shall be unaffected by oil or oil products. The liferaft shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of plus 66 degrees celsius to minus 30 degrees celsius.

    • 4.2.14 The liferaft shall be fitted with arrangements enabling it to be readily towed.

    • 4.2.15 Arrangements shall be provided for adequately siting and securing in the operating position the antenna provided with the portable radio equipment referred to in Regulation 122.

    • 4.2.16 A liferaft designed for use with a launching appliance shall be properly constructed for the purpose for which it is intended and shall be of sufficient strength to permit it to be safely lowered into the water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

5. Rescue Boats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 5.1 Rigid Rescue Boats

    • 5.1.1 Rescue boats shall be open and constructed with rigid sides. The Administration may approve rescue boats with a rigid shelter, provided that it may be readily opened from inside and outside and does not impede the function of the rescue boat, its rapid embarkation and disembarkation, or the launching, handling and recovering of the rescue boat.

    • 5.1.2 Thwarts and side seats shall be fitted as low as practicable in the rescue boat and bottom boards shall be fitted.

    • 5.1.3 Internal buoyancy appliances shall be fitted which shall be so placed as to secure stability when the rescue boat is fully laden under adverse weather conditions.

    • 5.1.4 Internal buoyancy appliances shall be fitted which shall consist either of air cases or buoyant material which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products and which shall not adversely affect the rescue boat.

    • 5.1.5 The total volume of the internal buoyancy appliances shall be such that it will be at least equal to the sum of the volume of:

      • (a) that required to float the rescue boat and its full equipment when the rescue boat is flooded and open to the sea so that the top of the gunwale amidships is not submerged; and

      • (b) that equal to 7.5 per cent of the cubic capacity of the rescue boat which shall be determined in the same manner as that prescribed for lifeboats in Regulation 112.

    • 5.1.6 Where an engine is fitted adequate protection from the propeller shall be provided for persons in the water.

    • 5.1.7 Motor rescue boats shall be fitted with a compression ignition engine which shall be kept so as to be at all times ready for use and be capable of being readily started in all conditions. The speed ahead of the motor rescue boat in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of persons shall be at least 6 knots.

  • 5.2 Inflatable Rescue Boats

    • 5.2.1 The rescue boat shall be so constructed as to be capable of withstandig exposure for 30 days afloat in all sea conditions.

    • 5.2.2 The rescue boat shall be capable of operating throughout a temperature range of plus 66 degrees celsius to minus 30 degrees celsius.

    • 5.2.3 Materials, components and accessories used in the construction of rescue boats shall be approved and resistant to the effect of humidity, biological action and oil or products and highly resistant to ultra-violet light and have sufficient margin of durability to ensure that their performance will not be affected by being stowed on an exposed deck during the period between normal inspections without other maintenance than the vessel's crew can carry out.

    • 5.2.4 The buoyancy compartments forming the boundary of the rescue boat shall on inflation provide at least 0.17 cubic metres of volume for each person the rescue boat is certified to accommodate. The diameter of the main buoyancy compartment of a single-tube rescue boat shall be at least 400 millimetres.

    • 5.2.5 Buoyancy shall be provided by a number of separate compartments in such a manner that the deflation of any one compartment does not impair the effective function of the rescue boat.

    • 5.2.6 Each buoyancy compartment shall be fitted with a nonreturn valve for manual inflation and means for deflation. A safety relief valve shall also be fitted unless the Administration is satisfied that such an appliance is not necessary.

    • 5.2.7 Where more than one tube is fitted the volume of either tube shall not exceed 60 per cent of the total volume.

    • 5.2.8 A rescue boat propelled by oars shall be provided with rowlocks and thwarts. Thwarts shall be fitted as low as practicable in the boat.

    • 5.2.9 The floor of the rescue boat shall be waterproof and shall provide an efficient working platform.

    • 5.2.10 Underneath the bottom and on vulnerable places on the outside of the rescue boat, rubbing strips shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    • 5.2.11 Where a transom is fitted it shall not be inset by more than 25 per cent of the overall length of the rescue boat.

    • 5.2.12 Unless the rescue boat has adequate sheer a bow cover extending for at least 15 per cent of the overall length of the boat shall be provided.

    • 5.2.13 The upper part of the rescue boat or a bow cover shall be of a highly visible colour.

    • 5.2.14 Suitable patches shall be provided for securing the painters fore and aft and the becketed lifelines inside and outside the rescue boat.

    • 5.2.15 Where an engine is fitted adequate protection from the propeller shall be provided for persons in the water.

    • 5.2.16 The rescue boat shall be maintained at all times in a fully inflated condition unless approved means for rapidly inflating the rescue boat and for protecting the uninflated rescue boat against damage is provided.

    • 5.2.17 The rescue boat shall be capable of being readily righted if floating in an inverted position.

6. Equipment for Survival Craft and Rescue Boats [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

The equipment, with the exception of any boat hooks which shall be kept ready for fending purposes, shall be secured within the craft or boat. The fastening devices shall be so arranged as to ensure safe stowage of the equipment and to prevent any obstruction for a rapid embarkation and handling during the launching operation. Small items of equipment shall be kept in a bag or container fastened to the craft or boat or in a locker conspicuously marked. In rigid liferafts the equipment shall be so stowed as to be readily available whichever way up the raft is floating. All items of equipment should be as small and light as practicable.

  • 6.1. Equipment for Rigid Lifeboats

    • 6.1.1 A single banked complement of buoyant oars, two spare buoyant oars, and a buoyant steering oar; a set and a half of crutches or thole pins attached to the boat by lanyard or chain.

    • 6.1.2 A boat hook.

    • 6.1.3 Two plugs for each plug hole (plugs are not required when proper automatic valves are fitted) attached to the boat by lanyards or chains.

    • 6.1.4 A bailer and two buckets of approved material.

    • 6.1.5 A rudder attached to the boat and a tiller.

    • 6.1.6 A mast or masts with galvanized wire stays together with orange coloured sails.

    • 6.1.7 A lifeline becketed round the outside of the boat; an approved means to enable persons to cling to the boat if upturned in the form of bilge keels or keel rails, together with grab lines secured from gunwale to gunwale under the keel; or other approved arrangements.

    • 6.1.8 Two hatchets, one at each end of the boat.

    • 6.1.9 A lamp with oil sufficient for 12 hours.

    • 6.1.10 A watertight container with two boxes of matches not readily extinguishable by wind.

    • 6.1.11 An efficient compass in binnacle, to be luminized or fitted with suitable means of illumination.

    • 6.1.12 A sea anchor of approved size with a line of adequate strength and length.

    • 6.1.13 Two painters of adequate length and strength. One shall be secured to the forward end of the boat with a strop and toggle so that it can be readily released and the other shall be firmly secured to the stem of the boat and be ready for use.

    • 6.1.14 Vessel containing 4.5 litres of vegetable, fish or animal oil, capable of easily distributing oil on the water surface and capable of being attached to the sea anchor.

    • 6.1.15 Four parachute distress signals of an approved type capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude and six hand-held distress flare signals of an approved type capable of giving a bright red light.

    • 6.1.16 Two buoyant smoke signals of an approved type (for daytime use) capable of giving off a volume of orange coloured smoke.

    • 6.1.17 An approved first-aid outfit in a watertight case.

    • 6.1.18 A waterproof electric torch suitable for Morse signalling, together with a spare set of batteries and a spare bulb in a watertight container.

    • 6.1.19 A daylight signalling mirror of an approved type.

    • 6.1.20 A jack-knife fitted with a tin-opener to be kept attached to the lifeboat with a lanyard.

    • 6.1.21 Two light buoyant heaving lines.

    • 6.1.22 A manual pump of an approved type.

    • 6.1.23 A whistle or equivalent sound signal.

    • 6.1.24 An approved radar reflector.

    • 6.1.25 A set of fishing tackle.

    • 6.1.26 An approved cover of a highly visible colour capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure.

    • 6.1.27 A copy of a suitable rescue signal table.

    • 6.1.28 Instructions on how to survive in the boat.

    • 6.1.29 Means to enable persons in the water to climb into the boat.

    • 6.1.30 A food ration totalling not less than 8 000 kilojoules for each person the boat is certified to carry, to be kept in airtight receptacles within a watertight container.

    • 6.1.31 Watertight receptacles containing 3 litres of fresh water for each person the boat is certified to carry, or watertight receptacles containing 2 litres of fresh water for each person together with an approved de-salting apparatus capable of providing 1 litre of fresh water per person; a rustproof dipper with lanyard; a rustproof graduated drinking vessel.

  • 6.2. Equipment for Rigid Motor Lifeboats

    • 6.2.1 All the equipment listed in Section 6.1 of this Appendix; however, motor lifeboats need not carry a mast or sails or more than half the complement of oars, but they shall carry two boat hooks.

    • 6.2.2 Portable fire-extinguishing equipment of an approved type capable of discharging foam or other suitable substance for extinguishing oil fires.

    • 6.2.3 The equipment referred to in Regulation 122 if applicable.

  • 6.3. Equipment for Inflated Lifeboats

    • 6.3.1 A single banked complement of buoyant oars, two spare buoyant oars and a buoyant steering oar; a set of rowlocks and a steering rowlock firmly attached to the boat.

    • 6.3.2 A boat hook with ball point.

    • 6.3.3 Two plugs for each plug hole (plugs are not required when proper automatic valves are fitted) attached by lanyards to the boat.

    • 6.3.4 A sponge, a bailer and two buckets of approved material.

    • 6.3.5 A lifeline becketed round the outside of the upper tube and a lifeline becketed round the inside of the upper tube of the boat together with grab lines secures from gunwale to gunwale under the keel or other approved arrangements.

    • 6.3.6 A lamp with oil sufficient for 12 hours.

    • 6.3.7 A watertight container with two boxes of matches not readily extinguishable by wind.

    • 6.3.8 An efficient compass in binnacle, to be luminized or fitted with suitable means of illumination.

    • 6.3.9 A sea anchor of approved size with a line of adequate strength and length.

    • 6.3.10 Two painters of adequate length and strength. One shall be secured to the forward end of the boat with a strop and toggle so that it can be readily released and the other shall be firmly secured to the stem of the boat and be ready for use.

    • 6.3.11 A vessel containing 4.5 litres of vegetable, fish or animal oil capable of easily distributing oil on the water surface and capable of being attached to the sea anchor.

    • 6.3.12 Four parachute distress signals of an approved type capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude; six hand-held distress flare signals of an approved type giving a bright red light.

    • 6.3.13 Two buoyant smoke signals of an approved type (for daytime use) capable of releasing a volume of orange coloured smoke.

    • 6.3.14 An approved first-aid outfit in a watertight case.

    • 6.3.15 A waterproof electric torch suitable for Morse signalling together with a spare set of batteries and a spare bulb in a watertight container.

    • 6.3.16 A daylight signalling mirror of an approved type.

    • 6.3.17 A safety knife to be kept attached by a lanyard to the boat.

    • 6.3.18 Two light buoyant heaving lines.

    • 6.3.19 A whistle or equivalent sound signal.

    • 6.3.20 An approved radar reflector.

    • 6.3.21 A set of fishing tackle.

    • 6.3.22 An approved cover of a highly visible colour capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure.

    • 6.3.23 A copy of a suitable rescue signal table.

    • 6.3.24 Instructions on how to survive in the boat.

    • 6.3.25 An approved repair outfit for repairing punctures in buoyancy compartments.

    • 6.3.26 A topping-up pump or bellows.

    • 6.3.27 A pressure gauge for controlling the filling pressure.

    • 6.3.28 Means to enable persons in the water to climb into the boat.

    • 6.3.29 Arrangements to enable the boat to be readily towed.

    • 6.3.30 A food ration totalling not less than 8 000 kilojoules for each person the boat is certified to carry, to be kept in airtight receptacles within a watertight container.

    • 6.3.31 Watertight receptacles containing 3 litres of fresh water for each person the boat is certified to carry, or watertight receptacles containing 2 litres of fresh water for each person together with an approved de-salting apparatus capable of providing 1 litre of fresh water per person; a rustproof dipper with lanyard; a rustproof graduated drinking vessel.

    • 6.3.32 Three safety tin-openers.

  • 6.4 Equipment for Inflated Motor Lifeboats

    • 6.4.1 All the equipment listed in Section 6.3 of this Appendix.

    • 6.4.2 Portable fire-extinguishing equipment of an approved type capable of discharging foam or other suitable substance for extinguishing oil fires.

    • 6.4.3 The equipment referred to in Regulation 122, if applicable.

  • 6.5 Equipment for Liferafts

    • 6.5.1 Two paddles.

    • 6.5.2 A buoyant rescue guoit, attached to at least 30 metres of buoyant line.

    • 6.5.3 For liferafts which are permitted to accommodate not more than 12 persons: a safety knife and one bailer. For liferafts which are permitted to accommodate 13 persons or more: two safety knives and two bailers.

    • 6.5.4 Two sponges.

    • 6.5.5 Two sea anchors, one permanently attached to the liferaft and a spare with line.

    • 6.5.6 A repair outfit capable of repairing punctures in buoyancy compartments unless the liferaft complies with the requirements of Section 4.1 of this Appendix.

    • 6.5.7 A topping-up pump or bellows, unless the liferaft complies with Section 4.1 of this Appendix.

    • 6.5.8 Three safety tin-openers.

    • 6.5.9 An approved first-aid outfit in a waterproof case.

    • 6.5.10 A waterproof electric torch suitable for Morse signalling, together with a spare set of batteries and a spare bulb in a watertight container.

    • 6.5.11 A daylight signalling mirror of an approved type and a signalling whistle.

    • 6.5.12 Two parachute distress signals of an approved type capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude.

    • 6.5.13 Six hand-held distress flare signals of an approved type capable of giving a bright red light.

    • 6.5.14 A set of fishing tackle.

    • 6.5.15 A food ration totalling not less than 8 000 kilojoules for each person the liferaft is permitted to carry, to be kept in airtight receptacles.

    • 6.5.16 Watertight receptacles containing 1.5 litres of fresh water for each person the liferaft is permitted to accommodate, of which 0.5 litre per person may be replaced by a suitable de-salting apparatus capable of producing an equal amount of fresh water, and a rustproof graduated drinking vessel.

    • 6.5.17 Six anti-seasickness tablets or approved equivalent medicine for each person which the liferaft is permitted to accommodate.

    • 6.5.18 Instructions on how to survive in the liferaft.

    • 6.5.19 A copy of a suitable rescue signal table.

  • 6.6 Equipment for Rigid Rescue Boats

    • 6.6.1 A single banked complement of buoyant oars and a spare buoyant oar but not less than three oars; a set of thole pins or crutches attached to the boat by lanyard or chain.

    • 6.6.2 A boat hook.

    • 6.6.3 Two plugs for each plug hole (plugs are not required when proper automatic valves are fitted) attached to the boat by lanyards or chains.

    • 6.6.4 A bailer and a bucket.

    • 6.6.5 A rudder attached to the boat and a tiller.

    • 6.6.6 A lifeline becketed round the outside of the boat. Means to enable persons to cling to the boat if upturned in the form of bilge keels or keel rails.

    • 6.6.7 A painter of adequate length and strength secured to the forward end of the boat with a strop and toggle so that it can be readily released.

    • 6.6.8 A waterproof electric torch suitable for Morse signalling, together with a spare set of batteries and a spare bulb in a watertight container.

    • 6.6.9 A hatchet.

    • 6.6.10 Two buoyant rescue quoits each attached to 30 metres of light buoyant line.

    • 6.6.11 A sea anchor of approved size with a line of adequate strength and length.

    • 6.6.12 A whistle or equivalent sound signal.

    • 6.6.13 A jack knife.

    • 6.6.14 An approved searchlight, unless the Administration is satisfied that the daylight signalling lamp prescribed by Regulation 152 is portable and suitable for this purpose.

  • 6.7 Equipment for Inflatable Rescue Boats

    • 6.7.1 At least four buoyant oars or paddles.

    • 6.7.2 A drain plug where necessary attached to the boat by a lanyard.

    • 6.7.3 A bailer and two sponges.

    • 6.7.4 A lifeline becketed round the outside of the boat and a lifeline becketed round the inside of the boat.

    • 6.7.5 A crutch or steering grommet in the transom where fitted.

    • 6.7.6 Two painters of adequate length and size.

    • 6.7.7 Two buoyant rescue quoits each attached to 30 metres of light buoyant line.

    • 6.7.8 A sea anchor of approved size with a line of adequate strength and length.

    • 6.7.9 A waterproof electric torch suitable for Morse signalling, together with a spare set of batteries and a spare bulb in a watertight container.

    • 6.7.10 A safety knife.

    • 6.7.11 A whistle or equivalent sound signal.

    • 6.7.12 A repair outfit in a suitable container for repairing punctures.

    • 6.7.13 A topping-up pump or bellows.

    • 6.7.14 An approved searchlight, unless the Administration is satisfied that the daylight signalling lamp prescribed by Regulation 152 is portable and suitable for this purpose.

  • 6.8 Dispensation in respect of Survival Craft Equipment

    Where vessels are engaged on voyages of such duration and in such conditions that, in the opinion of the Administration, items of the survival craft equipment specified in Section 6 of this Appendix are unnecessary, the Administration may allow them to be dispensed with as follows:

    • (a) for rigid lifeboats, items referred to in paragraphs 6, 19, 20, 24, 29 and 30 of Section 6.1;

    • (b) for inflated lifeboats, items referred to in paragraphs 16, 20, 29 and 30 of Section 6.3;

    • (c) for liferafts, some of the items of Section 6.5.

7. Stowage and Davit Requirements for Survival Craft [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 7.1 Except where an alternative launching appliance is approved, davits shall be as follows:

    • (a) luffing or gravity type davits for operating lifeboats having a mass of not more than 2 300 kilogrammes in their turning out condition;

    • (b) gravity type davits for operating lifeboats having a mass of more than 2 300 kilogrammes in their turning out condition.

  • 7.2 Davits, falls, blocks and all other gear shall be of such strength that the lifeboats can be turned out manned by a launching crew of two persons and then safely lowered with the full complement of persons and equipment, with the vessel listed to 15 degrees either way and with a 10 degrees trim.

  • 7.3 Where mechanically powered appliances are fitted for the recovery of survival craft, efficient hand gear shall also be provided. Where davits are recovered by action of the falls by power, safety devices shall be fitted which will automatically cut off the power before the davits come against the stops in order to avoid overstressing the wire rope falls or davits.

  • 7.4 Lifeboats and davit launched liferafts shall be serviced by wire rope falls together with winches of an approved type. The Administration may permit manilla rope falls or falls of another approved material with or without winches in the case of rescue boats where the distance from the deck to the waterline of the vessel in the lightest operating condition is not more than 4.5 metres and in other cases where they are satisfied that manilla rope falls or falls of another approved material are adequate.

  • 7.5 Skates or other suitable means shall be provided to facilitate launching or lifeboats against a list of 15 degrees.

  • 7.6 Means shall be provided for bringing lifeboats or davit launched liferafts against the vessel's side and there holding them so that persons may be safely embarked.

  • 7.7 At least two lifelines shall be fitted to the davit span and the falls and lifelines shall be long enough to reach the water with the vessel in its lightest operating condition and listed to 15 degrees either way. Lower fall blocks shall be fitted with a suitable ring or long link for attaching to the sling hooks unless an approved type of disengaging gear is fitted.

  • 7.8 Lifeboats attached to davits shall have the falls ready for service and arrangements shall be made for speedily, but not necessarily simultaneously, detaching the lifeboats from the falls. The point of attachment of the lifeboats to the falls shall be at such height above the gunwale as to ensure stability when lowering the lifeboats.

8. Requirements for Life-jackets and Lifebuoys [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • 8.1 Life-jackets

    • 8.1.1 They shall be constructed with proper workmanship and materials.

    • 8.1.2 They shall be so constructed as to eliminate so far as possible all risk of their being put on incorrectly, except that they shall be capable of being worn inside out.

    • 8.1.3 They shall be capable of lifting the face of an exhausted or unconscious person out of the water and holding it above the water with the body inclined backwards from its vertical position.

    • 8.1.4 They shall be capable of turning the body in the water from any position to a safe floating position with the body inclined backwards from its vertical position.

    • 8.1.5 They shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products.

    • 8.1.6 They shall be of a highly visible colour.

    • 8.1.7 They shall be fitted with an approved whistle, firmly secured by a cord.

    • 8.1.8 The buoyancy of the life-jackets required to provide the foregoing performance shall not be reduced by more than 5 per cent after 24 hours submergence in fresh water.

    • 8.1.9 Life-jackets, the buoyancy of which depends on inflation, shall:

      • (a) have two separate inflatable compartments;

      • (b) be capable of being inflated both mechanically and by mouth; and

      • (c) comply with the requirements of paragraphs 8.1.1 to 8.1.8 of this Appendix with either compartment inflated separately.

    • 8.1.10 Life-jackets shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Administration.

  • 8.2 Lifebuoys

    • 8.2.1 They shall be of solid cork or any other equivalent material.

    • 8.2.2 They shall be capable of supporting in fresh water for 24 hours at least 14.5 kilogrammes of iron.

    • 8.2.3 They shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products.

    • 8.2.4 They shall be of a highly visible colour.

    • 8.2.5 They shall be marked in block letters with the name and port of registry of fishing letters and numbers of the vessel in which they are carried.

    • 8.2.6 Lifebuoys made of plastic or other synthetic compounds shall be capable of retaining their buoyant properties and durability in contact with sea water or oil products, or under variation of temperature or climatic changes prevailing in open sea voyages.

    • 8.2.7 Every lifebuoy shall be fitted with grab lines which shall be of good quality unkinkable line and well secured at four equidistant points, providing four loops of line.

    • 8.2.8 The mass of a lifebuoy shall not exceed 6.15 kilogrammes when newly constructed. Lifebuoys provided with self-igniting lights and self-activating smoke signals shall have a mass of not less than 4 kilogrammes.

    • 8.2.9 Lifebuoys shall not be filled with rushes, cork shavings, granulated cork or any other loose granulated material, and their buoyancy shall not depend upon air compartments which require to be inflated.

RECOMMENDATIONS BY THE CONFERENCE [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(References to Regulations are references to Regulations in the Torremolinos International Convention for the Safety of Fishing Vessels, 1977)

1. Guidance on a method of calculation of the effect of severe wind and rolling in associated sea conditions [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 31)
  • (1) The ability of the vessel to withstand the effect of gusts and severe winds and rolling should be demonstrated using dynamic wind heeling moment taking into consideration the rolling angle due to waves. The criterion for adequate stability under these circumstances should show that the effect of the dynamic heeling moment Mw (as indicated in Figure 1) caused by wind pressure in the worst operating condition, taking into account the rolling angle, is equal to or less than the effect of the excess restoring moment (area “b” or the area under the corresponding excess restoring arm). This condition is considered to be fulfilled when the following condition is satisfied:

    The ration Cwr = area “b”/area “a” should not be less than unity.

  • (2) The wind force on every exposed lateral part of the vessel's side in assumed to have the same direction as the wind and to act at a height above the water level equal to the height of the centroid of the projected area of the part in question. This wind force may be calculated:

    • (a) for a uniform wind velocity acting on the complete profile area; or

    • (b) for a wind velocity which increases with the height above sea level acting on a number of elements of horizontal areas.

  • (3) The wind heeling moment may be calculated as follows:

    Bijlage 10000051613.png
    • Cd = appropriate non-dimensional drag coefficient

    • K = wind speed factor

      • K = 1 for steady wind

      • K > 1 for gust wind

    • Vn = wind speed at centroid of lateral area An

    • An = projected lateral profile area of element n

    • Zn = length of wind lever between centroid of An and assumed point of action of the opposing forces

    • n = integer

    • N = nuber of elements of horizontal areas

    • Өo = angle of heel under action of steady wind

    • Ө1 = angle of roll to windward when rolling about Өo

    • Ө2 = flooding angle (Өf) or angle specified by the Administration.

    The values of Vn, K, Zn, Өo, Ө1 should be approved by the Administration.

Bijlage 10000051614.png

2. Guidance on a method of calculation of the effect of water on deck [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 32)
  • (1) The ability of the vessel to withstand the heeling effect due to the presence of water on deck should be demonstrated by a quasi-static method, with reference to Figure 2, when the following condition is satisfied with the vessel in the worst operating condition:

    Ratio Cwod = area “b”/area “a” should not be less than unity.

  • (2) The angle which limits area “b” should be equal to the flooding angle Өf or 40 degrees whichever is the less.

  • (3) The value of the heeling moment Mwod (or the corresponding heeling arm) due to the presence of water on deck should be determined assuming that the deck well is filled to the top of the bulwark at its lowest point and the vessel heeled up to the angle at which this point is immersed. For the determination of Mwod the following formula should be used:

    • Mwod= K Mw

    where

    • Mw = static heeling moment due to water on deck

    • K = coefficient.

      • (a) If Mwod is determined by a static approach K = 1.0 may be applied.

      • (b) If Mwod is detemined by a quasi-static approach, K may take into account the rolling period of the vessel and the dynamic effect of the water flow, including the effect of the disposition and configuration of deck wells and deckhouses. The value of K schould be satisfactory, taking into account the type of vessel, area of operation, etc. For vessels where the angle of deck edge immersion ӨD is less than 10 degrees to 15 degrees, or the angle of bulwark top immersion ӨB is less than 20 degrees to 25 degrees a value for K greater than 1.0 may be applied. When ӨD is greater than 20 degrees or ӨB greater than 30 degrees a value for K less than 1.0 may be applied.

  • (4) When calculating Mw the following assumptions should be made:

    • (a) at the beginning the vessel is in the upright condition;

    • (b) during heeling, trim and displacement are constant and equal to the values for the vessel without the water on deck;

    • (c) the effect of freeing ports should be ignored.

  • (5) The above provisions may be adjusted, taking into account the seasonal weather conditions and sea states in the areas in which the vessel will operate, the type of vessel and its mode of operation.

  • (6) Other methods for the calculation of the effect of water on deck using the dynamic approach may be adopted.

    Bijlage 10000051615.png

3. Guidance relating to ice accretion [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 34)

In the application of Regulation 34 the following icing areas should apply.

  • (1)

    • (a) The area North of latitude 65° 30'N, between longitude 28°W and the West coast of Iceland; North of the North coast of Iceland; North of the rhumb line running from latitude 66°N, longitude 15°W to latitude 73° 30'N, longitude 15°E, North of latitude 73° 30'N between longitude 15°E and 35°E, and East of longitude 35°E, as well as North of latitude 56°N in the Baltic Sea.

    • (b) The area North of latitude 43°N bounded in the West by the North American coast and the East by the rhumb line running from latitude 43°N longitude 48°W to latitude 63°N longitude 28°W and thence along longitude 28°W.

    • (c) All sea areas Norh of the North American Continent, West of the areas defined in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph.

    • (d) The Bering and Okhotsk Seas and the Tatary Strait during the icing season.

    • (e) South of latitude 60°S.

    A chart to illustrate the areas is attached.

  • (2) For vessels operating in areas where ice accretion may be expected:

    • (a) Within the areas defined in paragraph (1)(a), (c), (d) and (e) known to have icing conditions significantly different from those in Regulation 34(1), ice accretion requirements of one-half to twice the required allowance may be applied.

    • (b) Within the area defined in paragraph (1)(b), where ice accretion in excess of twice the allowance required by Regulation 34(1) may be expected, more severe requirements than those given in that paragraph may be applied.

      Bijlage 10000051616.png

4. Guidance on stability information [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 36)

Stability information provided for the vessel should include:

  • (1)

    • (a) stability calculations including GZ curves of operating conditions required by Regulation 33;

    • (b) instructions warning of conditions critical from a stability standpoint. As an example, instructions to keep the ballast tanks full when necessary for adequate stability;

    • (c) maximum permissible operating draught associated with each operating condition; and

    • (d) when appropriate, minimum required operating draught.

  • (2) Information as required by the following alternatives having regard to the type of vessel, intended service, etc.:

    • (a) If GZ calculations are intended:

      • (i) information for determination of weights, positions of centres of gravity, the free surface effects of tanks 1, fish-holds and pounds;

      • (ii) information relating to form stability and hydrostatic parameters; and

      • (iii) displacement and disposition of centre of gravity of light ship condition, with regard to permanent ballast.

    • (b) When rolling tests are used:

      • (i) information for the determination of metacentric height GMo by means of a rolling test2 ; and

      • (ii) information giving required minimum metacentric height GMo for the practical range of draughts.

    • (c) Simplified information: supplementary or alternative information which permits safe operation without recourse to calculations of rolling tests;

  • (3)

    • (a) instructions for filling and emptying of tanks with free liquid surfaces;

    • (b) information on the proper use and control of any antirolling devices; and

    • (c) information on the weight and arrangement of permanent ballast.

  • (4) For vessels to which Regulation 40 applies:

    • (a) information on the use of ballast and other liquid systems to correct heel and trim;

    • (b) forms for recording daily tank statements; and

    • (c) instructions for loading in order to maintain the vessel afloat after flooding.

5. Guidance on a method of calculation of bow height [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 38)
  • (1) The determination of the bow height required, defined as the minimum vertical distance from deepest designed waterline to the top of the highest exposed deck measured at the forward perpendicular, may be based upon the following formulae:

    Bijlage 10000051617.png

    for vessels of 110 metres in length and over where in the above formulae and in paragraphs (2) and (3) below, L in metres is as defined in Regulation 2(5).

    The above formulae relate to an extreme sea state condition associated with the significant wave height 11.75 metres and may be modified to provide for known sea and weather conditions in particular fishing areas.

  • (2) Where the bow height required is obtained by sheer, this should extend from the stem for a length of at least 0.15L abaft of the forward perpendicular. Where it is obtained by fitting a forecastle, such forecastle should extend from the stem at least 0.07L abaft the forward perpendicular. However, where the length of the forecastle exceeds 0.15L due consideration should be given to the fitting of a bulkhead with adequate closing appliances. If no such bulkhead is fitted adequate arrangements should be provided for removing water from the open forecastle.

  • (3) Where a bulwark is fitted this may be taken into account for a height of 1 metre provided that the bulwark extends from the stem to a point at least 0.15L abaft the forward perpendicular.

  • (4) When a vessel is always trimmed by the stern in service conditions, the minimum trim may be allowed in the calculation of the bow height.

6. Guidance on subdivision and damage stability calculations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 40)
  • (1) Conditions of equilibrium

    • (a) The final waterline after damage to any one compartment should be either:

      • (i) to the line of openings at which progressive flooding to spaces below would occur and to the requirements of the Administration; or

      • (ii) to the after end of the top of the poop superstructure deck at the centreline, subject to paragraph (3)(a) below.

    • (b) Unsymmetrical flooding shall be kept to a minimum consistent with efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting.

  • (2) Damage assumptions

    The following assumed damage should apply:

    • (a) The vertical extent of damage in all cases is assumed to be from the base line upwards without limit.

    • (b) The transverse extent of damage is equal tot B/5 metres, measured inboard from the side of the vessel perpendicularly to the centreline at the level of the deepest operating waterline, where B (in metres) is as defined in Regulation 2(7).

    • (c) If damage of a lesser extent than specified in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above results in a more severe condition, such lesser extent should be assumed.

    • (d) The flooding should be restricted to any single compartment between adjacent transverse bulkheads. If there are steps or recesses in a transverse bulkhead of not more than 3.05 metres in length located within the transverse extent of assumed damage as defined in sub-paragraph (b) above, such transverse bulkhead may be considered intact and the adjacent compartments may be floodable singly. Where there exists a step or recess within the transverse extent of assumed damage of more than 3.05 metres in length in a transverse bulkhead, the two compartments adjacent to this bulkhead should be considered as flooded. The step formed at the junction of the afterpeak bulkhead and the afterpeak tank top should not be regarded as a step.

    • (e) Where a main transverse bulkhead is situated within the transverse extent of assumed damage and is stepped in way of a double bottom or side tank by more than 3.05 metres, the double bottom or side tanks adjacent to the stepped portion of the main transverse bulkhead should be considered as flooded simultaneously.

    • (f) Main transverse watertight bulkheads should be spaced at least 1/3 L2/3 metres apart where L (in metres) is as defined in Regulation 2(5).

      Where transverse bulkheads are spaced at a lesser distance, one or more of these bulkheads should be assumed as non-existent in order to achieve the minimum spacing between bulkheads.

    • (g) If pipes, ducts or tunnels are situated within the assumed extent of damage penetration as defined in sub-paragraph (b) above arrangements are to be made so that progressive flooding cannot thereby extend to compartments other than those assumed to be floodable in the calculation for each case of damage.

    • (h) Where operating experience has shown that other values for sub-paragraphs (b) and (f) above are more appropriate those values should be used.

  • (3) Survival assumptions

    The vessel is considered to survive the conditions of damage specified in paragraph (2) above provided the vessel remains afloat in a condition of stable equilibrium and satisfies the following stability criteria:

    • (a) The stability in the final condition of flooding may be regarded as sufficient if the righting lever curve has a minimum range of 20 degrees beyond the position of equilibrium in association with a residual righting lever of at least 100 millimetres. The area under the righting lever curve within this range should be not less than 0.0175 metre-radians. Consideration should be given to the potential hazard presented by protected or unprotected openings which may become temporarily immersed within the range of residual stability. The unflooded volume of the poop superstructure around the machinery space casing, provided the machinery casing is watertight at this level, may be taken into consideration in which case the damage waterline should not be above the after end of the top of the poop superstructure deck at the centreline.

    • (b) The angle of heel in the final condition of flooding should not exceed 20 degrees.

    • (c) The initial metacentric height of the damaged vessel in the final condition of flooding for the upright position should be positive and not less than 50 millimetres.

    • (d) Relaxation from the damage stability requirements should be permitted only if the proportions, arrangements and other characteristics of the vessel are more favourable to stability after damage.

  • (4) Permeabilities

    The permeabilities employed are to be those as calculated or estimated for the individual spaces in question.

  • (5) Initial condition of loading

    The subdivision and stability calculation should be carried out in the worst operating condition in respect of the residual buoyancy and stability in the non-icing condition.

7. Guidance for precautions against freezing of fire mains [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Part A and Part B of Chapter V)

In considering the problem of the freezing of fire mains in vessels, the possible solutions of the problem are:

  • (a) the re-circulation of a sufficient quantity of water, if necessary from a heated reservoir;

  • (b) the use of a dry system of fire main such that there is no water in the line until a control valve in an accessible space protected from frost (on the rising main) is opened;

  • (c) the use of a leak-off system in which a sufficient quantity of water is allowed to escape from the ends of the fire main; and

  • (d) the use of a heating system whereby steam, electrical or hot water heating is used to maintain the water in the fire main in a liquid state. The use of insulation may be incorporated in this system in order to avoid heat loss. Heating may also be effective in reducing the quantity of circulating water referred to in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this recommendation.

In any case, the provisions of effective drainage to the fire main and the proper use of the drains by the crew is imperative if freezing of the fire main is to be avoided in low ambient temperatures.

8. Guidance concerning the use of certain plastic materials [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulations 72 and 92)

In considering the problem concerning the use of certain plastic materials, particularly in accommodation and service spaces and control stations, the Administration should note that such materials are flammable and may produce excessive amounts of smoke and other toxic products under fire conditions.

9. Guidance on a method of calculation of the minimum distance from the deepest operating waterline to the lowest point of the top of the bulwark or to the edge of the working deck [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 108)
  • (1) The minimum vertical distance from the deepest operating waterline to the lowest point of the top of the bulwark or to the edge of the working deck if guard rails are fitted, referred to in Regulation 108(2) should be determined for each vessel, taking into account the probability of shipping water on the deck when the vessel is in moderate beam seas when fishing. This probability should not be greater than 5 per cent. The calculations should take account of the damping coefficient associated with the presence of bilge keels or any other roll damping arrangements.

  • (2) Where no national practice exists, this distance may be determined bij means of the following formulae, based upon the regression analysis of results of the calculations of the probability of shipping water on deck which are assumed to be 5 per cent in fully developed sea states with significant wave heights of 5.4 metres and 4.0 metres respectively:

    • H = 0.53+0.11B+0.32(2.60-B/d)+0.85(CB-0.60)+0.61(GM-0.70) metres

    for vessels intended for fishing operations at significant wave heights of more than 5.4 metres, and

    • H = 0.80+0.23(2.60-B/d)+0.52(CB-0.60)+0.62(GM-0.70) metres

    for vessels intended for fishing operations at significant wave heights less than 4.0 metres; if the significant wave heights are between 5.4 and 4.0 metres the values of H should be determined by linear interpolations, where in the above formulae:

    • B = as defined in Regulation 2(7)

    • d = maximum permissible moulded draught

    • CB = block coefficient

    • GM = initial metacentric height.

    All dimensions are in metres and correspond to the deepest operating waterline.

10. Guidance for determining the minimum normal range of transmitters [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulations 137, 140 and 143)
  • (a) Radiotelegraph installations (Regulation 137(5))

    In the absence of a direct measurement of the field strength the following data may be used as guide for approximately determining the minimum normal range of radiotelegraph transmitters as specified in Regulation 137(5).

    • 1. In the case of antennae other than self-supporting types:

      Normal range in miles

      Metre-amperes

      200

      175

      150

      125

      100

      75

      50

      128

      102

      76

      58

      45

      34

      20

      The values, in metre-amperes, given in the second column of the table correspond to:

      • (i) the product of the distance, in metres, from the highest part of the antenna to the deepest operating waterline and the antenna current in amperes;

      • (ii) an average value of the ratio

        • effective antenna height / maximum antenna height = 0.47

        This ratio varies with local conditions of the antenna and may vary between about 0.3 and 0.7.

  • (2) In the case of self-supporting transmitting antennae:

    Normal range in miles

    Metre-amperes

    200

    175

    150

    125

    100

    75

    50

    305

    215

    150

    110

    85

    55

    40

    The values, in metre-amperes, given in the second column of the table:

    • (i) correspond to the product of the distance in metres from the highest part of the antenna to the deepest load waterline and the antenna current in amperes measured at the base of the radiating portion of the antenna;

    • (ii) are based on the propagation curves given in CCIR Rec.368 1, as well as the method, experimental results and calculations in CCIR Report 502-1. The necessary value of metre-amperes varies considerably with local conditions of the antenna.

  • (b) Radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats (Regulation 140)

    In the absence of a measurement of the field strength, it maybe assumed that the range as specified in Regulation 140(5) will be obtained if the product of the height of the antenna above the waterline and the antenna current (root mean square value) is 10 metre-amperes.

  • (c) Radiotelephone installations (Regulation 143)

    In the absence of field strength measurements, it may be assumed that the minimum normal range as specified in Regulation 143(3) will be obtained by a power in the antenna of 15 watts (unmodulated carrier) with an antenna efficiency of 27 per cent for A3 emissions or 60 watts peak envelope power for A3H emissions when 100 per cent modulated by a single sinusoidat oscillation.

11. Guidance for determining the electrical load of the reserve source of energy of radio installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulation 143(9)(b))

For the purpose of determining the electrical load to be supplied by batteries required to have 6 hours reserve capacity, the following formula is recommended as a guide:

50 per cent of the current consumption necessary for speech transmission plus current consumption of receiver plus current consumption of all additional loads to which the batteries may supply energy in time of distress or emergency.

12. Guidance on transmitter radio frequency power and receiver sensitivity of VHF radiotelephone installations [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

(Regulationg 144(3)

It is assumed that each vessel fitted with a VHF radiotelephone installation in accordance with Regulation 144(3) would be fitted with a vertically polarized unity gain antenna at a nominal height of 9.15 metres above the water, and would have a transmitter power output of 10 watts and a receiver sensitivity of 2 microvolts across the input terminals for 20 decibels signal-to-noise ratio.

Vertaling : NL

Internationaal Verdrag van Torremolinos voor de beveiliging van vissersvaartuigen, 1977 [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

De Partijen bij het Verdrag,

Geleid door de wens de beveiliging van schepen in het algemeen en de beveiliging van vissersvaartuigen in het bijzonder te bevorderen,

Indachtig de voortreffelijke bijdrage van de Internationale Verdragen voor de Beveiliging van Mensenlevens op Zee alsmede van de Internationale Verdragen betreffende de Uitwatering van Schepen tot het bevorderen van de veiligheid van schepen,

Erkennend dat vissersvaartuigen zijn vrijgesteld van vrijwel alle dwingende bepalingen van genoemde Internationale Verdragen,

Derhalve geleid door de wens in onderlinge overeenstemming eenvormige beginselen en voorschriften vast te stellen betreffende de constructie en uitrusting van vissersvaartuigen dienende tot de beveiliging van zodanige vaartuigen en hun bemanningen,

Overwegend dat dit doel het best kan worden bereikt door het sluiten van een Verdrag,

Zijn overeengekomen als volgt:

Artikel 1. Algemene verplichtingen krachtens het Verdrag [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

De Partijen zullen uitvoering geven aan de bepalingen van dit Verdrag, en van de Bijlage daarbij, die een integrerend deel vormt van dit Verdrag. Tenzij uitdrukkelijk anders wordt bepaald, houdt een verwijzing naar het Verdrag terzelfder tijd een verwijzing naar de Bijlage in.

Artikel 2. Begripsomschrijvingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Bij de toepassing van het Verdrag wordt, tenzij uitdrukkelijk anders is bepaald, verstaan onder:

  • (a) „Partij”: een Staat waarvoor het Verdrag in werking is getreden.

  • (b) „Vissersvaartuig” of „vaartuig”: elk vaartuig dat gebruikt wordt voor het bedrijfsmatig vangen van vis, walvissen, zeehonden, walrussen of andere levende rijkdommen van de zee.

  • (c) „Organisatie”: de Intergouvernementele Maritieme Consultatieve Organisatie.

  • (d) „Secretaris-Generaal”: de Secretaris-Generaal van de Organisatie.

  • (e) „Administratie”: de Regering van de Staat wiens vlag het vaartuig gerechtigd is te voeren.

Artikel 3. Toepassing [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Het Verdrag is van toepassing op zeegaande vissersvaartuigen die gerechtigd zijn de vlag te voeren van een Staat die Partij is.

Artikel 4. Afgifte van certificaten en Controle [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Behoudens de bepalingen van het tweede lid wordt een overeenkomstig de bepalingen van het Verdrag onder gezag van een Partij afgegeven certificaat door de andere Partijen erkend en voor alle doeleinden die bij dit Verdrag zijn geregeld, geacht dezelfde geldigheid te bezitten als een certificaat dat zij zelf hebben afgegeven.

  • (2) Elk vaartuig dat een certificaat heeft, afgegeven op grond van de Voorschriften 7 of 8, is in de havens van andere Partijen onderworpen aan controle door bevoegde ambtenaren van deze Partijen, voor zover deze controle erop gericht is zekerheid te verkrijgen dat er een geldig certificaat aan boord is. Een zodanig certificaat wordt aanvaard, tenzij er duidelijke redenen bestaan om aan te nemen dat de toestand van het vaartuig of van zijn uitrusting in belangrijke mate afwijkt van de gegevens van dat certificaat. In dat geval of indien er geen geldig certificaat aanwezig is, stelt de controlerende ambtenaar de consul of, bij diens afwezigheid, de diplomatieke vertegenwoordiger van de Partij wier vlag het vaartuig gerechtigd is te voeren terstond in kennis van alle omstandigheden waaromtrent corrigerende maatregelen door die Partij noodzakelijk worden geacht en worden de feiten aan de Organisatie gerapporteerd. De controlerende ambtenaar moet zodanige stappen ondernemen dat het zeker is dat het vaartuig niet zal vertrekken voordat het zonder gevaar voor vaartuig of opvarenden zee kan kiezen.

Artikel 5. Overmacht [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Een vaartuig dat bij de aanvang van een reis niet is onderworpen aan de bepalingen van het Verdrag of dat niet verplicht is een certificaat aan boord te hebben overeenkomstig de bepalingen van het Verdrag, zal hieraan ook niet worden onderworpen tengevolge van enige afwijking van zijn voorgenomen route die te wijten is aan slecht weer of aan enige andere vorm van overmacht.

  • (2) Personen die aan boord van een vaartuig zijn door overmacht of tengevolge van de verplichtingen schipbreukelingen of andere personen te vervoeren, mogen niet in aanmerking worden genomen bij de vraag of het vaartuig voldoet aan de bepalingen van het Verdrag.

Artikel 6. Verstrekking van inlichtingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De Partijen zenden aan de Organisatie:

    • (a) de tekst van de terzake van de verschillende onderwerpen binnen de werkingssfeer van het Verdrag uitgevaardigde wetten, besluiten, beschikkingen, voorschriften en andere akten;

    • (b) een lijst van niet-gouvernementele organisaties die gemachtigd zijn namens hen op te treden in aangelegenheden betreffende ontwerp, constructie en uitrusting van vaartuigen overeenkomstig de bepalingen van het Verdrag;

    • (c) een voldoende aantal exemplaren van de certificaten die overeenkomstig de bepalingen van het Verdrag door hen worden afgegeven.

  • (2) De Organisatie stelt alle Partijen in kennis van de ontvangst van elke mededeling die op grond van het eerste lid, letter (a), is gedaan en geeft hun kennis van alle inlichtingen die haar op grond van het eerste lid, letters (b) en (c) zijn verstrekt.

Artikel 7. Ongevallen aan vissersvaartuigen overkomen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Elke Partij stelt een onderzoek in naar elk ongeval dat haar vaartuigen waarop de bepalingen van het Verdrag van toepassing zijn, mocht overkomen, wanneer zij van oordeel is dat een zodanig onderzoek kan bijdragen tot het doen overwegen welke wijzigingen in het Verdrag wenselijk zouden kunnen zijn.

  • (2) Elke Partij verstrekt de Organisatie, ter kennisgeving aan alle Partijen, inlichtingen betreffende de resultaten van een zodanig onderzoek. Rapporten of aanbevelingen van de Organisatie die gebaseerd zijn op dergelijke inlichtingen, mogen niet de identiteit of nationaliteit van de betrokken vaartuigen onthullen, of op enigerlei wijze een vaartuig of een persoon verantwoordelijk stellen of de verantwoordelijkheid daarvan veronderstellen.

Artikel 8. Andere verdragen en interpretatie [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Niets in dit Verdrag doet afbreuk aan de codificatie en de ontwikkeling van het zeerecht door de Conferentie van de Verenigde Naties over het Zeerecht, bijeengeroepen ingevolge Resolutie 2750 (XXV) van de Algemene Vergadering van de Verenigde Naties, noch aan de huidige en toekomstige aanspraken en juridische opvattingen van enige Staat met betrekking tot het zeerecht en de aard en omvang van de rechtsmacht van kuststaten en vlaggestaten.

Artikel 9. Ondertekening, bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring en toetreding [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Het Verdrag blijft open voor ondertekening op het Hoofdkantoor van de Organisatie van 1 oktober 1977 tot 30 juni 1978 en blijft daarna open voor toetreding. Alle Staten kunnen partij bij dit Verdrag worden door:

    • (a) ondertekening zonder voorbehoud van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding of goedkeuring; of

    • (b) ondertekening onder voorbehoud van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding of goedkeuring, gevolgd door bekrachtiging, aanvaarding of goedkeuring; of

    • (c) toetreding.

  • (2) Bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding geschiedt door de nederlegging van een hiertoe strekkende akte bij de Secretaris-Generaal.

  • (3) De Secretaris-Generaal doet alle Staten die dit Verdrag hebben ondertekend of daartoe zijn toegetreden mededeling van iedere ondertekening of van de nederlegging van iedere nieuwe akte van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding, alsmede van de datum van nederlegging daarvan.

Artikel 10. Inwerkingtreding [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Dit Verdrag treedt in werking twaalf maanden na de datum waarop niet minder dan vijftien Staten, waarvan de gezamenlijke vissers vloten niet minder dan vijftig percent van de wereldvloot van vissersvaartuigen met een lengte van vierentwintig meter en meer vormen, dit hetzij hebben ondertekend zonder voorbehoud van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding of goedkeuring, hetzij overeenkomstig artikel 9 de vereiste akten van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding hebben nedergelegd.

  • (2) De Organisatie stelt de Staten die dit Verdrag hebben ondertekend of ertoe zijn toegetreden in kennis van de datum van inwerkingtreding.

  • (3) Voor Staten die een akte van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring van of toetreding tot dit Verdrag hebben nedergelegd nadat aan de voorwaarden voor inwerkingtreding is voldaan, doch vóór de datum van inwerkingtreding, wordt de bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding van kracht op de datum van inwerkingtreding van het Verdrag, dan wel drie maanden na de datum van nederlegging van de akte, indien deze datum later valt.

  • (4) Voor Staten die een akte van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding hebben nedergelegd na de datum waarop het Verdrag in werking is getreden, treedt het Verdrag in werking drie maanden na de datum waarop de akte is nedergelegd.

  • (5) Na de datum waarop is voldaan aan alle in artikel 11 genoemde voorwaarden om wijzigingen van dit Verdrag in werking te doen treden, heeft elke akte van bekrachtiging, aanvaarding, goedkeuring of toetreding betrekking op het Verdrag, zoals gewijzigd.

Artikel 11. Wijzigingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Het Verdrag kan worden gewijzigd door middel van een van de twee der in dit artikel genoemde procedures.

  • (2) Wijzigingen na bestudering binnen de Organisatie:

    • (a) Elke door een Partij voorgestelde wijziging wordt ingediend bij de Secretaris-Generaal, die deze ten minste zes maanden vóór de behandeling ervan verspreidt onder alle Leden van de Organisatie en alle Partijen.

    • (b) Elke aldus voorgestelde en verspreide wijziging wordt voor behandeling voorgelegd aan de Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie van de Organisatie.

    • (c) Partijen, ongeacht of zij Lid zijn van de Organisatie, zijn gerechtigd deel te nemen aan de besprekingen van de Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie voor de bestudering en aanneming van wijzigingen.

    • (d) Wijzigingen worden aangenomen met een twee derde meerderheid van de Partijen die aanwezig zijn en hun stem uitbrengen in de Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie, die is uitgebreid zoals bepaald in letter (c) (hierna te noemen „de uitgebreide Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie”), op voorwaarde dat ten minste een derde van de Partijen aanwezig is op het tijdstip van stemming.

    • (e) Overeenkomstig het bepaalde in letter (d) aangenomen wijzigingen worden door de Secretaris-Generaal ter kennis gebracht van alle Partijen.

    • (f)

      • (i) Een wijziging van een artikel of van de Voorschriften 1 alsmede 3 tot en met 11 wordt geacht te zijn aanvaard op de datum waarop zij is aanvaard door twee derde van de Partijen.

      • (ii) Een wijziging van de Bijlage, behalve van de Voorschriften 1 alsmede 3 tot en met 11, wordt geacht te zijn aanvaard:

        • (aa) na afloop van twee jaar van de datum waarop zij ter kennis van de Partijen is gebracht ten einde aanvaarding te verkrijgen; of

        • (bb) aan het einde van een andere periode, die niet korter mag zijn dan een jaar, indien zulks is bepaald op het tijdstip van aanneming ervan met een twee derde meerderheid van de Partijen die aanwezig zijn en hun stem uitbrengen in de uitgebreide Maritieme Veiligbeidscommissie.

        Indien evenwel binnen de aangegeven periode hetzij meer dan een derde van de Partijen, hetzij Partijen waarvan de gezamenlijke vissersvloot niet minder dan vijftig percent vormt van het aantal vissersvaartuigen met een lengte van vierentwintig meter en meer van alle Partijen, de Secretaris-Generaal ervan in kennis stellen dat zij bezwaar hebben tegen de wijziging, wordt deze wijziging geacht niet te zijn aanvaard.

      • (iii) Een wijziging van een Aanhangsel van de Bijlage wordt geacht te zijn aanvaard aan het einde van een op het tijdstip van aanneming door de uitgebreide Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie te bepalen periode, die niet korter mag zijn dan tien maanden, tenzij binnen deze periode bij de Organisatie bezwaar is aangetekend door niet minder dan een derde van de Partijen of door Partijen waarvan de gezamenlijke vissersvloot niet minder dan vijftig percent vormt van het aantal visservaartuigen met een lengte van vierentwintig meter en meer van alle Partijen.

    • (g)

      • (i) Een wijziging van een artikel of van de Voorschriften 1 alsmede 3 tot en met 11 treedt in werking ten aanzien van die Partijen die haar hebben aanvaard, zes maanden na de datum waarop zij geacht wordt te zijn aanvaard, en ten aanzien van iedere Partij die haar na die datum aanvaardt, zes maanden na de datum van aanvaarding door die Partij,

      • (ii) Een wijziging van de Bijlage, behalve van de Voorschriften 1 alsmede 3 tot en met 11 en van een Aanhangsel van de Bijlage treedt in werking ten aanzien van alle Partijen, behalve die welke bezwaar tegen de wijziging hebben gemaakt krachtens het bepaalde in letter (f) (ii) en (iii) en die deze bezwaren niet hebben ingetrokken, zes maanden na de datum waarop zij wordt geacht te zijn aanvaard. Vóór de datum die is vastgesteld voor de inwerkingtreding kan elke Partij de Secretaris-Generaal ervan in kennis stellen dat zij zich onthoudt van het geven van uitvoering aan deze wijziging voor een periode van niet langer dan een jaar te rekenen vanaf de datum van de inwerkingtreding ervan, of voor een langere periode, vast te stellen met een twee derde meerderheid van de Partijen die aanwezig zijn en hun stem uitbrengen in de uitgebreide Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie op het tijdstip van aanneming van de wijziging.

  • (3) Wijziging door een Conferentie:

    • (a) Op verzoek van een Partij waarmede door ten minste een derde van de Partijen wordt ingestemd, wordt door de Organisatie een Conferentie van Partijen bijeengeroepen ten einde wijzigingen van dit Verdrag te bestuderen.

    • (b) Iedere door een zodanige Conferentie met een twee derde meerderheid van de Partijen die aanwezig zijn en hun stem uitbrengen aangenomen wijziging wordt door de Secretaris-Generaal ter kennis gebracht van alle Partijen ten einde aanvaarding te verkrijgen.

    • (c) Tenzij de Conferentie anders besluit, wordt de wijziging geacht te zijn aanvaard en treedt zij in werking overeenkomstig de procedures aangegeven in het tweede lid, onderscheidenlijk de letters (f) en (g), met dien verstande dat de verwijzingen daarin naar de uitgebreide Maritieme Veiligheidscommissie worden verstaan als verwijzingen naar de Conferentie.

  • (4) Iedere Partij die heeft geweigerd de wijziging van de Bijlage te aanvaarden, wordt geacht geen Partij te zijn wat de toepassing van die wijziging betreft.

  • (5) Tenzij uitdrukkelijk anders bepaald, is een wijziging van het Verdrag, die betrekking heeft op de constructie van een vaartuig, alleen van toepassing op vaartuigen waarvan op of na de datum waarop die wijziging in werking treedt:

    • (a) de kiel is gelegd; of

    • (b) een aanvang is gemaakt met werkzaamheden die gelijkgesteld kunnen worden met de bouw van een bepaald vaartuig; of

    • (c) een aanvang is gemaakt met de montage die ten minste vijftig ton of één procent van de geschatte hoeveelheid van alle bouwmaterialen omvat, al naar gelang welke hoeveelheid de kleinste is.

  • (6) Elke verklaring van aanvaarding van of van bezwaar tegen een wijziging, of elke kennisgeving gedaan krachtens het bepaalde in het tweede lid, letter (g) (ii), wordt schriftelijk ter kennis gebracht van de Secretaris-Generaal, die alle Partijen in kennis stelt van een zodanige kennisgeving en van de datum van ontvangst ervan.

  • (7) De Secretaris-Generaal stelt alle Partijen in kennis van wijzigingen die in werking treden, alsmede van de datum waarop elke wijziging in werking treedt.

Artikel 12. Opzegging [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Een Partij kan het Verdrag na verloop van vijf jaar na de datum waarop het voor die Partij in werking is getreden, te allen tijde opzeggen.

  • (2) Opzegging geschiedt door middel van schriftelijke kennisgeving aan de Secretaris-Generaal, die alle andere Partijen van de ontvangst van zodanige kennisgevingen van de datum van ontvangst op de hoogte stelt.

  • (3) Een opzegging wordt van kracht twaalf maanden na ontvangst van de kennisgeving van opzegging door de Secretaris-Generaal of na verloop van een langere periode die in de kennisgeving kan worden aangegeven.

Artikel 13. Nederlegging en registratie [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Dit Verdrag wordt nedergelegd bij de Secretaris-Generaal, die voor eensluidend gewaarmerkte afschriften daarvan toezendt aan alle Staten die het hebben ondertekend of ertoe zijn toegetreden.

  • (2) Zodra dit Verdrag in werking treedt, wordt de tekst door de Secretaris-Generaal toegezonden aan de Secretaris-Generaal van de Verenigde Naties voor registratie en publikatie overeenkomstig artikel 102 van het Handvest van de Verenigde Naties.

Artikel 14. Talen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Het Verdrag is opgesteld in een enkel exemplaar in de Engelse, de Franse, de Russische en de Spaanse taal, zijnde alle teksten gelijkelijk authentiek. Er zullen officiële vertalingen worden vervaardigd in de Arabische, de Duitse en de Italiaanse taal, welke vertalingen worden nedergelegd bij het ondertekende origineel.

TEN BLIJKE WAARVAN de ondergetekenden, daartoe behoorlijk gemachtigd door hun onderscheiden Regeringen, dit Verdrag hebben ondertekend.

GEDAAN te Torremolinos, twee april negentienhonderdzevenenzeventig.

Bijlage Voorschriften voor de constructie en uitrusting van vissersvaartuigen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

HOOFDSTUK I. - ALGEMENE VOORZIENINGEN [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Voorschrift 1. Toepassing [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De voorzieningen van deze Bijlage zijn, tenzij uitdrukkelijk anders is bepaald, van toepassing op nieuwe vissersvaartuigen waarvan de lengte 24 meter of meer bedraagt, met inbegrip van vaartuigen waarop de vangst tevens wordt verwerkt.

  • (2) De voorzieningen van deze Bijlage zijn niet van toepassing op vaartuigen die uitsluitend worden gebruikt:

    • (a) voor sport of recreatie;

    • (b) voor de verwerking van vis of andere levende rijkdommen van de zee;

    • (c) voor wetenschappelijk onderzoek en opleiding; of

    • (d) als vrachtschepen voor het vervoer van vis.

Voorschrift 2. Omschrijvingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Onder „nieuw vaartuig” wordt verstaan een visservaartuig waarvoor, op of na de datum waarop het Verdrag in werking treedt:

    • (a) het bouwcontract of het contract voor een ingrijpende verbouwing wordt gegund; of

    • (b) het bouwcontract of het contract voor een ingrijpende verbouwing is gegund vóór de datum waarop het Verdrag in werking treedt, en dat drie jaar of meer na de datum van deze inwerkingtreding wordt opgeleverd; of waarvoor

    • (c) bij gebreke van een bouwcontract:

      • (i) de kiel is gelegd; of

      • (ii) een aanvang wordt gemaakt met de bouw van een als zodanig herkenbaar specifiek type vaartuig; of

      • (iii) een aanvang is gemaakt met de samenbouw die ten minste 50 ton of één procent van de geschatte totale hoeveelheid constructiemateriaal omvat, waarbij de kleinste van de twee hoeveelheden beslissend is.

  • (2) Onder „bestaand vaartuig” wordt verstaan een visservaartuig dat geen nieuw vaartuig is.

  • (3) „Goedgekeurd” betekent goedgekeurd door de Administratie.

  • (4) Onder „bemanning” wordt verstaan de kapitein en alle personen die, in welke hoedanigheid dan ook, dienst doen of te werk gesteld zijn aan boord van een vaartuig ten behoeve van de exploitatie van dat vaartuig.

  • (5) „De lengte (L)” is gelijk aan 96 procent van de totale lengte op een waterlijn op 85 procent van de kleinste holte gemeten vanaf de kiellijn, of aan de lengte van de voorzijde van de voorsteven tot de hartlijn van de roerkoning op die waterlijn, indien deze lengte groter is. Bij vaartuigen die met stuurlast ontworpen zijn, moet de waterlijn waarop deze lengte gemeten wordt, evenwijdig aan de ontwerplastlijn worden genomen.

  • (6) „De voorloodlijn en de achterloodlijn” worden gerekend aan het voor- en achtereinde van de lengte (L). De voorloodlijn moet samenvallen met de voorzijde van de voorsteven op de waterlijn waarop de lengte gemeten wordt.

  • (7) „De breedte (B)” is de grootste breedte van het vaartuig, midscheeps gemeten op de buitenkant der spanten bij een vaartuig met een metalen huid en op de buitenkant van de romp bij een vaartuig met een huid van een ander materiaal.

  • (8)

    • (a) „De holte (D)” is de verticale afstand, midscheeps gemeten vanaf de kiellijn tot de bovenkant van de balken van het werkdek in de zijde.

    • (b) Bij vaartuigen waar de overgang van de huidbeplating naar de dekbeplating als een rondgezette plaat is uitgevoerd, wordt de holte gemeten tot het snijpunt van de doorgestrookte onderzijde van de dekbeplating en de binnenzijde van de huidbeplating.

    • (c) Waar het werkdek verspringt en het verhoogde gedeelte zich uitstrekt voorbij het punt waar de holte moet worden vastgesteld, wordt de holte gemeten tot een referentielijn die vanaf het lage gedeelte van het dek evenwijdig aan het verhoogde gedeelte wordt getrokken.

  • (9) „De hoogst gelegen lastlijn” is de waterlijn die betrekking heeft op de maximaal toelaatbare diepgang tijdens de reis.

  • (10) „Midscheeps” is gelegen op het midden van de lengte (L).

  • (11) „Grootspant” is de doorsnede van de romp die bepaald wordt door de snijding van het oppervlak van de romp naar de mal met een verticaal vlak dat midscheeps loodrecht staat op het vlak van de waterlijn en het vlak door kiel en stevens.

  • (12) „De kiellijn” is de lijn die evenwijdig loopt aan de schuinte van de kiel, en die midscheeps gaat door:

    • (a) de bovenkant van de kiel of de aansnijding van de binnenzijde van de huidbeplating met de kiel in gevallen waarin een stafkiel boven die lijn uitsteekt bij een vaartuig met een metalen huid; of

    • (b) de binnenkant van de kielsponning van een houten vaartuig of van een composietvaartuig, of

    • (c) het snijpunt van de passend verlaagde lijnen van de buitenomtrek van de romp ter hoogte van de bodem met de hartlijn van een vaartuig met een huid van een ander materiaal dan hout of metaal.

  • (13) „De basislijn” is de horizontale lijn die de kiellijn midscheeps snijdt.

  • (14) „Het werkdek” is in het algemeen het laagste doorlopende dek boven de hoogst gelegen lastlijn, van waaraf de visserij plaatsvindt. Bij vaartuigen die zijn voorzien van twee of meer doorlopende dekken, kan de Administratie een lager dek als werkdek aanvaarden, mits dit dek boven de hoogst gelegen lastlijn ligt.

  • (15) „De bovenbouw” is de overdekte constructie op het werkdek, die zich van boord tot boord uitstrekt of waarvan de zijbeplating zich op geen grotere afstand dan 4 procent van de breedte (B) vanaf de huid naar binnen bevindt.

  • (16) „Gesloten bovenbouw” is een bovenbouw met:

    • (a) eindschotten van deugdelijke constructie;

    • (b) eventuele toegangsopeningen in die schotten voorzien van vast aangebrachte deuren die dicht zijn tegen weer en wind en van gelijke sterkte zijn als het intacte samenstel en die aan beide zijden kunnen worden geopend en gesloten; en

    • (c) andere openingen in de zijden of eindschotten van de bovenbouw voorzien van deugdelijke middelen tot afsluiting die dicht zijn tegen weer en wind.

    Een brug of kampanje wordt niet beschouwd als gesloten, tenzij de bemanning de machinekamer, en andere in deze bovenbouw gelegen ruimten waar gewerkt wordt, kan bereiken via toegangswegen die te allen tijde, wanneer de openingen in de schotten zijn gesloten, ter beschikking moeten zijn.

  • (17) „Het bovenbouwdek” is dat doorlopende dek of dekgedeelte dat de bovenkant van een bovenbouw, dekhuis of andere opbouw vormt en dat ten minste 1,8 meter boven het werkdek ligt. In gevallen waarin de hoogte minder is dan 1,8 meter, wordt de bovenkant van zodanige dekhuizen of andere zodanige opbouw gelijkgesteld met het werkdek.

  • (18) „De hoogte van een bovenbouw of andere opbouw” is de kleinste verticale afstand gemeten in de zijde vanaf de bovenkant van de balken van het dek van een bovenbouw of een opbouw tot aan de bovenkant van de balken van het werkdek.

  • (19) „Dicht tegen weer en wind” betekent dat er onder alle omstandigheden die zich op zee kunnen voordoen, geen water het vaartuig binnendringt.

  • (20) „Waterdicht” betekent dat de doorgang van water door de constructie in enige richting kan worden voorkomen bij een waterdruk waartegen de omgevende constructie volgens het ontwerp bestand is.

  • (21) „Aanvaringsschot” is een waterdicht schot dat tot het werkdek in het voorste deel van het vaartuig doorloopt en dat aan de volgende voorwaarden voldoet:

    • (a) het schot moet zodanig zijn geplaatst, dat de afstand tot de voorloodlijn:

      • (i) niet kleiner is dan 5 percent en niet groter is dan 8 percent van de lengte (L) bij vaartuigen met een lengte van 45 meter of meer;

      • (ii) niet kleiner is dan 5 percent van de lengte (L) en niet groter is dan 5 percent van de lengte (L), vermeerderd met 1,35 meter, bij vaartuigen met een lengte van minder dan 45 meter, behoudens uitzonderingen toegestaan door de Administratie.

      • (iii) in geen geval kleiner is dan 2 meter.

    • (b) Ingeval enig deel van het onderwatergedeelte van het vaartuig zich uitstrekt tot vóór de voorloodlijn, b.v. een bulbsteven, moet de afstand zoals bepaald is onder sub-paragraaf (a) worden gemeten vanaf een punt halverwege het deel dat zich voor de voorloodlijn uitstrekt of vanaf een punt dat 1,5 percent van de lengte (L) voor de voorloodlijn ligt, al naar gelang welke afstand kleiner is.

    • (c) Het schot mag voorzien zijn van trapsgewijze sprongen en nissen, mits deze binnen de beperkingen vallen zoals onder sub-paragraaf (a) zijn voorgeschreven.

  • (22) „Hoofdstuurinrichting” is de machine-installatie, het krachtwerktuig voor de stuurinrichting zo al aanwezig en hulpuitrusting, alsmede de middelen waarmee het draaimoment op de roerkoning wordt overgebracht (b.v. helmstok of kwadrant) die noodzakelijk zijn om het roer in beweging te brengen ten einde het vaartuig, onder normale bedrijfsomstandigheden te kunnen besturen.

  • (23) „Hulpinrichting om het roer in beweging te brengen” zijn de installaties waarin is voorzien met het oog op het in beweging brengen van het roer ten einde het vaartuig voor het geval de hoofdstuurinrichting uitvalt, te kunnen besturen.

  • (24) „Het krachtwerktuig voor de stuurinrichting” betekent in het geval van

    • (a) een elektrische stuurmachine, een elektromotor en de daarbij behorende elektrische installaties;

    • (b) een elektrisch-hydraulische stuurmachine, een elektromotor en de daarbij behorende elektrische installaties en aangesloten pomp; en

    • (c) een andere hydraulische stuurmachine, een aandrijfmotor en aangesloten pomp.

  • (25) „De maximumdienstsnelheid vooruit” is de grootste snelheid waarvoor het vaartuig is ontworpen om tijdens zijn dienst op zee onafgebroken bij de maximum toegestane diepgang te kunnen ontwikkelen.

  • (26) „De maximumsnelheid achteruit” is de geschatte snelheid, die het vaartuig kan bereiken op grond van het ontworpen vermogen voor het achteruitvaren bij zijn maximum toegestane diepgang.

  • (27) „Oliestookinrichting” is de uitrusting gebruikt voor de toebereiding van brandstofolie voor levering aan een met olie gestookte ketel, of uitrusting gebruikt voor de toebereiding voor levering van verwarmde olie aan een inwendige verbrandingsmotor, met inbegrip van alle oliedrukpompen, filters en verhitters die olie behandelen onder een druk van meer dan 0,18 newton per mm2.

  • (28) „Normale omstandigheden betreffende het in bedrijf zijn van het vaartuig en het verblijf aan boord” zijn de omstandigheden waaronder het vaartuig in zijn totaliteit, de machine-installaties, bedieningsorganen, hoofd- en hulpvoortstuwingsmiddelen, stuurinrichting en bijbehorende installaties, apparatuur bestemd voor veilige navigatie en ter beperking van de gevaren van brand en binnenstromend water, interne en externe communicatiemiddelen en seinapparaten, voorzieningen voor ontsnapping en lieren voor reddingboten goed functioneren en waarbij aan de minimumvoorwaarden voor een comfortabel verblijf aan boord van het vaartuig wordt voldaan.

  • (29) ,,De dood-schip omstandigheid” is de omstandigheid waarbij de hoofdvoortstuwingsinstallatie, ketels en hulpmotoren niet in bedrijf zijn ten gevolge van het ontbreken van vermogen.

  • (30) „Hoofdschakelbord” is een schakelbord dat rechtstreeks wordt gevoed door de elektrische hoofdkrachtbron en bestemd is de elektrische energie te verdelen.

  • (31) „Tijdelijk onbemande ruimten voor machines” zijn die ruimten waar de hoofdvoortstuwingsinstallaties en daarbij behorende installaties zich bevinden alsmede alle elektrische hoofdkrachtbronnen en die niet te allen tijde onder alle werkzaamheden - met inbegrip van het manoeuvreren - zijn bemand.

  • (32) „Onbrandbaar materiaal” betekent een materiaal dat noch brandt, noch ontvlambare gassen in voldoende hoeveelheid afgeeft om bij verhitting tot ongeveer 750 graden celsius tot zelfontbranding over te gaan, hetgeen ten genoegen van de Administratie moet worden aangetoond door middel van een vastgestelde beproevingsmethode. Elk ander materiaal is brandbaar materiaal3.

  • (33) „Standaard brandproef” is een proef waarbij gedeelten van betrokken schotten of dekken in een proef-oven blootgesteld worden aan temperaturen die ongeveer overeenkomen met de standaard tijd-temperatuur kromme. De proefstukken moeten een blootgesteld oppervlak hebben van minstens 4,65 vierkante meter en een hoogte (of lengte van het dek) van 2,44 meter en moeten zo nauwkeurig mogelijk overeenkomen met de voorgenomen constructie en waar nodig ten minste één naad moet bevatten. De standaard tijd-temperatuur kromme wordt omschreven door een gelijkmatig verlopende kromme door de volgende punten:

    • aan het einde van de eerste 5 minuten - 538 graden celsius

    • aan het einde van de eerste 10 minuten - 704 graden celsius

    • aan het einde van de eerste 30 minuten - 843 graden celsius

    • aan het einde van de eerste 60 minuten - 927 graden celsius.

  • (34) „Schotten van klasse ‘A’” zijn schotten en dekken die aan de volgende voorwaarden voldoen:

    • (a) zij moeten vervaardigd zijn van staal of ander gelijkwaardig materiaal;

    • (b) zij moeten voldoende verstijfd zijn;

    • (c) zij moeten tot aan het einde van de standaard brandproef van één uur de doortocht van rook en vlammen kunnen verhinderen; en

    • (d) zij moeten zodanig geïsoleerd zijn met goedgekeurde onbrandbare materialen, dat de gemiddelde temperatuur aan de niet blootgestelde zijde niet meer dan 139 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt, noch de temperatuur op enig punt, de naden inbegrepen, meer dan 180 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt binnen de onderstaand aangegeven tijd:

      Klasse „A-60”

      Klasse „A-30”

      Klasse „A-15”

      Klasse „A-0”

      60 minuten

      30 minuten

      15 minuten

      0 minuten

      De Administratie kan beproeving eisen van een prototype van een schot of een dek, ten einde zekerheid te verkrijgen dat deze voldoen aan bovengenoemde eisen omtrent stijfheid, doorlaten van rook en vlammen en temperatuurstijging4.

  • (35) „Schotten van klasse ‘B’” zijn schotten, dekken, plafonds of beschietingen die aan de volgende voorwaarden voldoen:

    • (a) zij moeten tot aan het einde van het eerste halfuur van de standaard brandproef de doortocht van vlammen kunnen verhinderen;

    • (b) zij moeten een dusdanig isolerend vermogen hebben, dat de gemiddelde temperatuur aan de niet-blootgestelde zijde niet meer dan 139 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt, noch de temperatuur op enig punt, de naden inbegrepen, meer dan 225 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt binnen de onderstaand aangegeven tijd:

      Klasse „B-15”

      Klasse „B-0”

      15 minuten

      0 minuten

    • (c) zij moeten vervaardigd zijn van goedgekeurde onbrandbare materialen en alle materialen die gebruikt worden voor schotten van klasse ,,B” en voor het aanbrengen daarvan moeten onbrandbaar zijn, behoudens dat het gebruik van brandbaar fineer kan worden toegestaan, mits dit voldoet aan de daarop van toepassing zijnde voorschriften van Hoofdstuk V.

    De Administratie kan de beproeving eisen van een prototype van een schot ten einde zekerheid te verkrijgen dat dit voldoet aan bovengenoemde eisen omtrent het doorlaten van vlammen en de temperatuurstijging5.

  • (36) „Schotten van klasse ‘C’” zijn die schotten die opgebouwd zijn uit goedgekeurde onbrandbare materialen. Zij behoeven niet te voldoen aan eisen betreffende het doorlaten van rook en vlammen of de beperking van de temperatuurstijging.

  • (37) „Schotten van klasse ‘F’” zijn schotten, dekken, plafonds of beschietingen die aan de volgende voorwaarden voldoen:

    • (a) zij moeten tot aan het einde van het eerste halfuur van de standaard brandproef de doortocht van vlammen kunnen verhinderen; en

    • (b) zij moeten een dusdanig isolerend vermogen hebben dat de gemiddelde temperatuur aan de niet-blootgestelde zijde niet meer dan 139 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt, noch de temperatuur op enig punt, de naden inbegrepen, meer dan 225 graden celsius boven de begintemperatuur stijgt tot aan het einde van het eerste halfuur van de standaard brandproef.

    De Administratie kan de beproeving eisen van een prototype van een schot ten einde zekerheid te verkrijgen dat dit voldoet aan bovengenoemde eisen omtrent het doorlaten van vlammen en de temperatuurstijging6.

  • (38) „Doorlopende plafonds of beschietingen van klasse ‘B’” zijn plafonds of beschietingen van klasse ‘B’ die slechts eindigen bij een schot van klasse ‘A’ of ‘B’.

  • (39) „Staal of ander gelijkwaardig materiaal” is staal of elk materiaal dat zelf, of door middel van isolatiemateriaal, een brandwerendheid heeft, die gelijkwaardig is aan die van staal tot aan het einde van de van toepassing zijnde standaard brandproef (bijv. aluminiumlegering, voorzien van een doeltreffende isolatie).

  • (40) „Lage vlamuitbreiding” is de eigenschap die aangeeft dat het aldus omschreven oppervlak de vlamuitbreiding op voldoende wijze kan beperken; deze eigenschap dient ten genoegen van de Administratie te worden aangetoond door middel van een vastgestelde beproevingsmethode.

  • (41) „Ruimten voor accommodatie” zijn ruimten bestemd voor algemeen gebruik, gangen, toiletten, hutten, kantoren, ziekenboegen, cinema's, spel- en hobbykamers, pantries die niet voorzien zijn van kooktoestellen en soortgelijke ruimten.

  • (42) „Ruimten voor algemeen gebruik” zijn die delen van de ruimten voor accommodatie, welke in gebruik zijn als vestibules, eetzalen, salons en soortgelijke permanent ingesloten ruimten.

  • (43) „Dienstruimten” zijn ruimten die gebruikt worden voor kombuizen, pantries die voorzien zijn van kooktoestellen, kasten en bergplaatsen, werkplaatsen, andere dan die welke deel uitmaken van de ruimten voor machines en soortgelijke ruimten, zomede de bijbehorende schachten.

  • (44) „Controlestations” zijn ruimten waarin de radio-installatie van het schip, de voornaamste navigatiemiddelen of de noodkrachtbron zijn ondergebracht of die waarin de uitrusting voor de brandmelding of de uitrusting voor de brandcontrole is samengebracht.

  • (45) „Ruimten voor machines van categorie A” zijn ruimten waarin zijn ondergebracht inwendige verbrandingsmotoren die worden gebruikt hetzij als:

    • (a) hoofdvoortstuwingswerktuig; hetzij

    • (b) voor andere doeleinden, indien zodanige machines een gezamenlijk vermogen hebben van niet minder dan 373 kilowatt,

    of waarin zijn ondergebracht met olie gestookte ketels of oliestookinrichtingen zomede de bijbehorende schachten.

  • (46) „Ruimten voor machines” zijn ruimten voor machines van categorie A en alle andere ruimten waarin voortstuwingswerktuigen, ketels, oliestookinrichtingen, stoommachines en inwendige verbrandingsmotoren, generatoren, stuurinrichting, belangrijke elektrische werktuigen, olielaadstations, koelmachinerie, stabilisatie-inrichtingen, luchtverversings- en luchtbehandelingsinstallaties zijn ondergebracht, en soortgelijke ruimten, zomede de bijbehorende schachten.

  • (47) ,,Reddingboten en -vlotten” zijn boten en vlotten die zijn bestemd om plaats te bieden aan de opvarenden in geval van schip verlaten en omvatten reddingboten, reddingvlotten en ieder ander vaartuig waarvan is aangetoond dat in dergelijke omstandigheden doelmatige bescherming en lijfsbehoud van opvarenden wordt geboden.

  • (48) „Man over boord boot” is een gemakkelijk voort te stuwen en in hoge mate manoeuvreerbare boot, die gemakkelijk en snel door een gering aantal bemanningsleden te water kan worden gelaten en die geschikt is om een overboord geraakte opvarende te redden.

  • (49) „Reddingboot in opgeblazen toestand” is een reddingboot van stevige, slijtvaste constructie, die is onderverdeeld in compartimenten en die permanent is opgeblazen.

  • (50) „Middel voor het te water brengen” is een middel waarmede het mogelijk is om vanaf de inschepingsplaats een reddingboot of -vlot volledig uitgerust en belast met het aantal personen waarvoor het is bestemd, te water te laten.

  • (51) „Vrij opdrijvende reddingboten en -vlotten” zijn boten en vlotten waarvan de plaatsing en opstelling zodanig zijn dat zij kunnen losraken van een zinkend vaartuig en vanzelf naar het wateroppervlak kunnen opdrijven.

Voorschrift 3. Vrijstellingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Elk vaartuig met nieuwe kenmerken kan door de Administratie worden vrijgesteld van die vereisten van de Hoofdstukken II, III, IV, V, VI en VII, waarvan de toepassing het onderzoek naar de ontwikkeling van zulke kenmerken en de verwerking daarvan in vaartuigen op ernstige wijze zou kunnen belemmeren. Een dusdanig vaartuig dient evenwel te voldoen aan de veiligheidsvoorschriften die, naar het oordeel van deze Administratie, voldoende zijn voor de dienst waarvoor het vaartuig bestemd is en die zodanig zijn dat zij de algemene veiligheid van het vaartuig waarborgen.

  • (2) Vrijstellingen van de vereisten van Hoofdstuk IX komen ter sprake in de Voorschriften 132 en 139(2)(b) en vrijstellingen van Hoofdstuk X komen ter sprake in Voorschrift 147.

  • (3) Een vaartuig dat uitsluitend wordt gebruikt voor de visserij onder de kust van zijn land kan door de Administratie worden vrijgesteld van de vereisten van deze Bijlage indien zij van oordeel is dat de toepassing redelijk noch praktisch uitvoerbaar is met het oog op de afstand tussen het gebied waar het vaartuig zijn werkzaamheden verricht en zijn thuishaven in eigen land, het type vaartuig, de weerstoestand en de afwezigheid van algemene risico's voor de scheepvaart, mits het voldoet aan de veiligheidsvoorschriften die, naar het oordeel van deze Administratie, voldoende zijn voor de dienst waarvoor het vaartuig bestemd is en die zodanig zijn dat zij de algemene veiligheid van het vaartuig waarborgen.

  • (4) De Administratie die een vrijstelling krachtens dit Voorschrift toestaat, dient aan de Organisatie de bijzonderheden daarvan mede te delen in die mate als noodzakelijk is om te kunnen vaststellen dat de veiligheid voldoende is gewaarborgd; de Organisatie zendt zodanige bijzonderheden te hunner kennisneming aan de Partijen.

Voorschrift 4. Gelijkwaardige voorzieningen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De Administratie mag toestaan dat ieder onderdeel, materiaal, instrument of toestel in een vaartuig wordt aangebracht, of dat een bijzondere voorziening wordt getroffen als gelijkwaardig aan die, welke in deze Bijlage wordt voorgeschreven, mits zodanig onderdeel, materiaal, instrument of toestel ten minste even doelmatig is als die welke in deze Bijlage worden voorgeschreven.

  • (2) De Administratie die een onderdeel, materiaal, instrument of toestel toestaat of toestaat dat een bijzondere voorziening wordt getroffen als gelijkwaardig aan die, welke in deze Bijlage wordt geëist, dient aan de Organisatie de bijzonderheden daarvan mede te delen, die deze te hunner kennisneming en met het oog op eventueel te nemen passende maatregelen aan de Partijen zendt.

Voorschrift 5. Reparaties, veranderingen en wijzigingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Een vaartuig dat reparaties, veranderingen of wijzigingen ondergaat, alsmede de daarmee verband houdende uitrusting, moet ten minste blijven voldoen aan de voorschriften die voordien voor dat vaartuig golden.

  • (2) Reparaties, veranderingen en grote verbouwingen, alsmede de daarmede verband houdende aanpassingen, moeten voldoen aan de eisen voor een nieuw vaartuig voor zover de Administratie zulks redelijk en praktisch uitvoerbaar acht.

Voorschrift 6. Onderzoeken [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Elk vaartuig moet de hieronder volgende onderzoeken ondergaan:

    • (a) Een eerste onderzoek voordat het vaartuig in dienst wordt gesteld of voordat het certificaat vereist krachtens Voorschrift 7 voor de eerste maal wordt afgegeven, dat een volledig onderzoek moet omvatten van de constructie, stabiliteit, machine-installaties, algemene inrichting en het materiaal, met inbegrip van de romp van het vaartuig aan de buitenzijde en het in- en uitwendige van de ketels en uitrusting in zoverre het vaartuig valt onder de bepalingen van deze Bijlage. Dit onderzoek moet zodanig zijn dat het zeker is dat de algemene inrichting, het materiaal en de verbanddelen van de romp, ketels en andere drukvaten met toebehoren, hoofd- en hulpwerktuigen, elektrische installaties, radioinstallaties, radiotelegrafie-installaties in motorreddingboten, draagbare radiotoestellen voor reddingboten en -vlotten, radiobakens ten behoeve van de plaatsbepaling op zee in noodgevallen (EPIRBs), reddingmiddelen, brandontdekkings- en brandblusmiddelen, radar, echolood, gyrokompassen en andere uitrusting, ten volle voldoen aan de voorschriften van deze Bijlage. Het onderzoek moet ook zodanig zijn, dat het zeker is dat de technische uitvoering van alle delen van het vaartuig en zijn uitrusting in alle opzichten bevredigend is en dat het vaartuig is voorzien van de lichten, middelen voor het geven van geluidsseinen en noodseinen zoals vereist volgens de voorschriften van deze Bijlage en geldende Internationale Bepalingen ter Voorkoming van Aanvaringen op Zee. In het geval loodsladders worden meegevoerd, moeten deze eveneens onderzocht worden ten einde zeker te stellen dat zij veilig werken en voldoen aan de desbetreffende voorschriften van het geldend Internationaal Verdrag voor de beveiliging van mensenlevens op zee.

    • (b) Periodieke onderzoeken die worden verricht met inachtneming van onderstaande tussenpozen:

      • (i) per jaar waar het de constructie en machine-installaties van het vaartuig betreft, bedoeld in de Hoofdstukken II, III, IV, V en VI. Deze periode kan echter met een jaar worden verlengd, onder voorwaarde dat het vaartuig inwendig of uitwendig aan een onderzoek wordt onderworpen, in zoverre zulks redelijk en praktisch uitvoerbaar is;

      • (ii) twee jaar waar het de uitrusting van het vaartuig betreft, bedoeld in de Hoofdstukken II, III, IV, V, VI, VII en X; en

      • (iii) een jaar waar het de radio-installaties en radiorichtingzoeker van het vaartuig betreft, bedoeld in de Hoofdstukken IX en X.

      Het onderzoek moet zodanig zijn, dat zeker wordt gesteld dat de onderdelen, waarop paragraaf (a), in het bijzonder wat de veiligheidsvoorzieningen betreft, betrekking heeft, ten volle voldoen aan de voorschriften van deze Bijlage, dat de desbetreffende uitrusting goed functioneert en dat de gegevens inzake de stabiliteit aan boord onmiddellijk beschikbaar zijn. In het geval de geldigheidsduur van het certificaat dat krachtens Voorschrift 7 is afgegeven, wordt verlengd op grond van Voorschrift 11(2) of (4), kan de tussenpoze van het periodieke onderzoek overeenkomstig worden verlengd.

    • (c) Tussentijdse onderzoeken waar het de constructie of machineinstallaties van het vaartuig betreft, die worden verricht met inachtneming van door de Administratie vastgestelde tussenpozen. Het onderzoek moet ook zodanig zijn dat zeker wordt gesteld dat wijzigingen waardoor de veiligheid van het vaartuig of zijn bemanning nadelig zou worden beïnvloed, niet zijn aangebracht. Zodanige tussentijdse onderzoeken en de tussenpozen waarmee deze worden verricht, worden aangetekend op de rugzijde van het Internationale Certificaat inzake de Beveiliging van Vissersschepen, afgegeven krachtens Voorschrift 7.

  • (2) Onderzoeken van het vaartuig worden met het oog op de tenuitvoerlegging van de bepalingen van deze Bijlage verricht door ambtenaren van de Administratie. De Administratie kan evenwel de onderzoeken opdragen hetzij aan speciaal voor dit doel benoemde experts, hetzij aan door haar erkende organisaties. In elk geval dient de betrokken Administratie tevreden gesteld te worden met betrekking tot de volledigheid en de doeltreffendheid van de onderzoeken.

  • (3) Nadat een onderzoek van het vaartuig krachtens dit Voorschrift is voltooid, mogen in de constructie, de uitrusting, de onderdelen, de inrichting of het materiaal waarop het onderzoek betrekking heeft, geen belangrijke veranderingen worden aangebracht dan na goedkeuring van de Administratie, met uitzondering van de onmiddellijke vervanging van zodanige uitrusting of onderdelen.

Voorschrift 7. Afgifte van certificaten [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1)

    • (a) Een certificaat, Internationaal Veiligheidscertificaat voor Vissersvaartuigen geheten, wordt, nadat een onderzoek heeft plaatsgevonden, afgegeven ten behoeve van een vaartuig dat voldoet aan de toepasselijke voorschriften van deze Bijlage.

    • (b) Wanneer een vrijstelling wordt verleend ten behoeve van een vaartuig op grond van en in overeenstemming met de bepalingen van deze Bijlage, moet een certificaat, Internationaal Certificaat van Vrijstelling voor Vissersvaartuigen geheten, worden afgegeven naast het in sub-paragraaf (a) voorgeschreven certificaat.

  • (2) Het Certificaat bedoeld in lid (1) wordt afgegeven of door de Administratie, of door een persoon of organisatie die daartoe door de Administratie is gemachtigd. In alle gevallen moet de Administratie de volle verantwoordelijkheid voor de afgifte van het certificaat aanvaarden.

Voorschrift 8. Afgifte van certificaten door een andere Partij [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Een Partij kan op verzoek van een andere Partij, een vaartuig aan een onderzoek onderwerpen en moet, wanneer zij overtuigd is dat wordt voldaan aan de eisen van deze Bijlage, certificaten afgeven of machtigen dat deze worden afgegeven ten behoeve van het vaartuig in overeenstemming met de bepalingen van deze Bijlage.

  • (2) Een kopie van het certificaat en een kopie van het onderzoekrapport moet zo spoedig mogelijk aan de Administratie die het verzoek heeft gedaan, worden doorgestuurd.

  • (3) Een op zodanige wijze afgegeven certificaat moet een verklaring bevatten, inhoudende dat het is afgegeven op verzoek van de andere Administratie en zal dezelfde waarde hebben en op dezelfde wijze worden erkend als de certificaten die zijn afgegeven ingevolge Voorschrift 7.

Voorschrift 9. Model van certificaten [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

De certificaten moeten worden opgesteld in de officiële taal of talen van het land door hetwelk zij worden afgegeven en in de vorm die overeenkomt met het model, zoals dat is opgenomen in Aanhangsel 1. Indien de gebruikte taal noch de Engelse, noch de Franse is, moet de tekst tevens een vertaling in één van deze talen bevatten.

Voorschrift 10. Ophangen van certificaten [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Alle op grond van deze Bijlage afgegeven certificaten of gewaarmerkte afschriften daarvan moeten op een in het oog vallende en gemakkelijk toegankelijke plaats op het vaartuig worden opgehangen.

Voorschrift 11. Geldigheid van certificaten [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Een Internationaal Veiligheidscertificaat voor Vissersvaartuigen wordt voor een tijdsduur van niet langer dan vier jaar afgegeven en wordt niet langer verlengd dan voor één jaar, afhankelijk van de periodieke en tussentijdse onderzoeken zoals voorgeschreven in Voorschrift 6 (1) (b) en (c), behalve in de gevallen waarin is voorzien in lid (2), (3) en (4) van dit Voorschrift. Een Internationaal Certificaat voor Vrijstelling van Vissersvaartuigen heeft een geldigheidsduur die niet langer mag zijn dan die van het Internationaal Veiligheidscertificaat voor Vissersvaartuigen.

  • (2) Indien een vaartuig zich ten tijde van het aflopen of ophouden van de geldigheidsduur van zijn certificaat niet bevindt in een haven van de Partij wier vlag het vaartuig gerechtigd is te voeren, mag de geldigheidsduur van het certificaat door die Partij worden verlengd, doch een dergelijke verlenging mag slechts worden verleend om het vaartuig in staat te stellen zijn reis naar een haven van die Partij waar het aan een onderzoek zal worden onderworpen, te voltooien en dan nog alleen in gevallen, waarin het gepast en redelijk voorkomt dit te doen.

  • (3) Van geen enkel certificaat mag op deze wijze de geldigheidsduur voor een langere tijdsduur dan vijf maanden worden verlengd en een vaartuig, ten behoeve waarvan een dergelijke verlenging wordt verleend, mag, nadat het in een haven van de Partij wier vlag het vaartuig is gerechtigd te voeren of de haven waar het aan een onderzoek zal worden onderworpen, is aangekomen, niet krachtens een dergelijke verlenging een zodanige haven verlaten zonder een nieuw certificaat te hebben verkregen.

  • (4) Van een certificaat waarvan de geldigheidsduur ingevolge de bepalingen van lid (2) niet is verlengd, mag de geldigheidsduur door de Administratie worden verlengd voor een tijdsduur van hoogstens één maand, aanvangende op de op het certificaat vermelde vervaldatum.

  • (5) Een certificaat verliest zijn geldigheid:

    • (a) indien belangrijke veranderingen in de voorgeschreven constructie, uitrusting, onderdelen, algemene inrichting of in het voorgeschreven materiaal zijn getroffen, zonder goedkeuring van de Administratie, met uitzondering van de onmiddellijke vervanging van zodanige uitrusting of onderdelen;

    • (b) indien periodieke of tussentijdse onderzoeken niet zijn verricht binnen de tijdsduur vermeld in Voorschrift 6(1)(b) en (c) dan wel binnen de tijdsduur waarvoor verlenging is verleend overeenkomstig lid (2) of (4) van dit Voorschrift;

    • (c) op het ogenblik dat een vaartuig onder een andere vlag gaat varen. In het geval een registratie-overdracht heeft plaatsgevonden tussen Partijen, moet de Partij wier vlag het vaartuig oorspronkelijk gerechtigd was te voeren, op verzoek van de andere Partij zo spoedig mogelijk aan die andere Partij afschriften van de certificaten die het vaartuig vóór de overdracht aan boord had, doen toekomen alsmede afschriften van de desbetreffende onderzoekrapporten, indien deze beschikbaar zijn.

HOOFDSTUK II. CONSTRUCTIE, WATERDICHTHEID EN UITRUSTING [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

Voorschrift 12. Constructie [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De sterkte en constructie van de romp, bovenbouwen en dekhuizen, schachten van machinekamers, toegangskappen en elke andere constructie en scheepsuitrusting moeten alle voldoende bestand zijn tegen omstandigheden die zich kunnen voordoen tijdens de werkzaamheden waarvoor het vaartuig bestemd is en moeten ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn.

  • (2) De romp van vaartuigen bestemd om in ijs dienst te doen, moeten versterkt worden overeenkomstig de te verwachten omstandigheden tijdens de vaart en die in het werkgebied.

  • (3) Schotten, sluitmiddelen en afsluitingen van openingen in deze schotten, evenals methoden om deze te beproeven, moeten voldoen aan de eisen die door de Administratie worden gesteld. Vaartuigen vervaardigd van ander materiaal dan hout, moeten voorzien zijn van een aanvaringsschot en ten minste van waterdichte schotten die de ruimte voor machines omsluiten. Deze schotten moeten worden opgetrokken tot aan het werkdek. Zodanige schotten, die zover zulks praktisch uitvoerbaar is, waterdicht moeten zijn, moeten tevens zijn aangebracht in houten schepen.

  • (4) Pijpen die het aanvaringsschot doorboren, moeten voorzien zijn van geschikte afsluiters, die boven het werkdek kunnen worden bediend en de kleppenkast moet tegen het aanvaringsschot in de voorpiek zijn bevestigd. Geen deur, mangat, ventilatiekoker of andere opening mag in het aanvaringsschot onder het werkdek zijn aangebracht.

  • (5) Ingeval een lange bovenbouw op het voorschip is aangebracht, moet het aanvaringsschot doorlopen tot het dek boven het werkdek en aldaar dicht zijn tegen weer en wind. Deze voortzetting van het aanvaringsschot behoeft niet onmiddellijk boven het er onder geplaatste schot te worden aangebracht, mits zij binnen de in Voorschrift 2(21) gegeven afstanden wordt geplaatst en het gedeelte van het dek, dat de trapsgewijze verspringing vormt, dicht is tegen weer en wind.

  • (6) Het aantal openingen in het aanvaringsschot boven het werkdek moet beperkt worden tot het minimum dat verenigbaar is met de bestemming en de normale werkzaamheden van het vaartuig. Zulke openingen moeten tegen weer en wind kunnen worden afgesloten.

  • (7) In vaartuigen waarvan de lengte 75 meter of meer bedraagt, moet voor zover dit uitvoerbaar is, tussen het aanvaringsschot en het achterpiekschot een waterdichte dubbele bodem zijn aangebracht.

Voorschrift 13. Waterdichte deuren [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Het aantal openingen in waterdichte schotten, zoals deze vereist zijn ingevolge Voorschrift 12(3), moet beperkt worden tot het minimum dat verenigbaar is met de algehele inrichting en de noodzakelijke voorzieningen ten behoeve van de werkzaamheden op het vaartuig; openingen moeten zijn voorzien van waterdichte sluitmiddelen, zulks ten genoegen van de Administratie. Waterdichte deuren moeten van gelijke sterkte zijn als de aangrenzende constructie die niet is doorboord.

  • (2) In vaartuigen waarvan de lengte minder dan 45 meter bedraagt, kunnen zulke deuren van het type draaideuren zijn, die ter plaatse aan beide kanten van de deur moeten kunnen worden geopend en gesloten en die gewoonlijk onder normale omstandigheden op zee gesloten moeten blijven. Aan beide kanten van de deur moet een aanduiding zijn bevestigd dat de deur op zee gesloten moet blijven.

  • (3) In vaartuigen waarvan de lengte 45 meter of meer bedraagt, moeten waterdichte deuren van het type schuifdeuren zijn in:

    • (a) ruimten, waar deze deuren op zee geopend moeten kunnen worden en hun drempels onder de hoogst gelegen lastlijn liggen, tenzij de Administratie van oordeel is dat zulks praktisch onuitvoerbaar is of niet noodzakelijk is, daarbij het type en de bestemming van de vaartuigen in aanmerking nemend; en

    • (b) het lagere gedeelte van een ruimte voor machines, van waaruit een schroefastunnel kan worden bereikt.

    In alle andere gevallen kunnen waterdichte deuren van het type draaideuren zijn.

  • (4) Waterdichte schuifdeuren moeten geopend en gesloten kunnen worden wanneer het vaartuig een helling heeft van 15° over welke zijde ook.

  • (5) Ongeacht of waterdichte schuifdeuren met de hand of anderszins worden geopend en gesloten, moeten deze ter plaatse aan beide zijden van de deur geopend en gesloten kunnen worden; in vaartuigen waarvan de lengte 45 meter of meer bedraagt, moeten deze deuren tevens door middel van afstandsbediening geopend en gesloten kunnen worden vanaf een bereikbare plaats boven het werkdek, behalve wanneer de deuren zijn aangebracht in ruimten voor accommodatie voor de bemanning.

  • (6) Op plaatsen van waaruit afstandsbediening plaatsvindt, moet een inrichting aanwezig zijn, die aangeeft of een schuifdeur geopend of gesloten is.

Voorschrift 14. Waterdichtheid [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Openingen waardoor water het vaartuig kan binnendringen, moeten voorzien zijn van sluitmiddelen overeenkomstig de in dit Hoofdstuk toepasselijke bepalingen. Dekopeningen die tijdens de visvangst geopend kunnen zijn, moeten gewoonlijk ter plaatse van de hartlijn van het vaartuig zijn aangebracht. De Administratie kan echter afwijkende voorzieningen goedkeuren, indien zij ervan overtuigd is dat daardoor de veiligheid van het vaartuig niet vermindert.

  • (2) Luiken boven visstortopeningen op hektreilers moeten waterdicht zijn, mechanisch worden aangedreven en vanaf elke plaats kunnen worden bediend, die een vrij uitzicht biedt op de werking van deze luiken.

Voorschrift 15. Deuren, dicht tegen weer en wind [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Alle toegangsopeningen in schotten van gesloten bovenbouwen en andere uitwendige constructies waardoor, met gevaar voor het vaartuig, water zou kunnen binnendringen, moeten zijn voorzien van deuren, die blijvend aan het schot zijn bevestigd en zodanig zijn ingeraamd en verstijfd dat het gehele samenstel even sterk is als de intacte constructie en moeten in gesloten toestand dicht zijn tegen weer en wind. De middelen om deze deuren dicht tegen weer en wind te doen zijn, moeten bestaan uit pakkingen en knevels of andere gelijkwaardige middelen en moeten blijvend aan het schot of aan de deuren zelf zijn bevestigd en zodanig zijn ingericht dat zij aan elke zijde van het schot kunnen worden bediend.

  • (2) De hoogte boven het dek van drempels in deze deuropeningen, in gangboorden, opbouwen en schachten van machinekamers, die rechtstreeks toegang geven tot gedeelten van het blootgestelde dek, moet ten minste 600 millimeter op het werkdek en ten minste 300 millimeter op het bovenbouwdek bedragen. Wanneer de bedrijfservaringen zulks rechtvaardigen en na goedkeuring van de Administratie, mag deze hoogte worden verlaagd tot ten hoogste respectievelijk 380 millimeter en 150 millimeter, met uitzondering van de hoogte van de deuropeningen die rechtstreeks toegang geven tot de ruimten voor machines.

Voorschrift 16. Luikopeningen gesloten door middel van houten luiken [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De hoogte boven het dek van luikhoofden moet op blootgestelde gedeelten van het werkdek ten minste 600 millimeter en op het bovenbouwdek ten minste 300 millimeter bedragen.

  • (2) Met betrekking tot de dikte na afwerking van houten luiken voor luikopeningen moet rekening worden gehouden met slijtage ten gevolge van ruw gebruik. In elk geval moet de dikte na afwerking van deze luiken per 100 millimeter ongesteunde lengte ten minste 4 millimeter bedragen met een minimum van 40 millimeter en moet de breedte van hun draagvlak ten minste 65 millimeter bedragen.

  • (3) Voorzieningen waarmee de houten luiken voor luikopeningen dicht tegen weer en wind kunnen worden vastgezet, moeten ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn aangebracht.

Voorschrift 17. Luikopeningen gesloten door luiken van een ander materiaal dan hout [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) De hoogte boven het dek van luikhoofden moet dezelfde zijn als die, welke in Voorschrift 16 (1) is vastgesteld. Wanneer de bedrijfservaringen zulks rechtvaardigen en na goedkeuring van de Administratie, mag de hoogte van de luikhoofden worden verlaagd of mogen de luikhoofden geheel worden weggelaten, mits daardoor de veiligheid van de vaartuigen niet vermindert. In dat geval moeten de luikopeningen zo klein als praktisch uitvoerbaar is, worden gehouden en moeten de luiken blijvend zijn bevestigd door middel van scharnieren of gelijkwaardige middelen en snel gesloten en geschalkt kunnen worden.

  • (2) Voor de berekening van de sterkte moet worden aangenomen, dat luiken voor luikopeningen zijn onderworpen aan het gewicht van de lading die daarop wordt vervoerd of aan de hierna vermelde statische belasting, al naar gelang welke waarde groter is:

    • (a) 10,0 kilonewton per vierkante meter voor vaartuigen, waarvan de lengte 24 meter bedraagt;

    • (b) 17,0 kilonewton per vierkante meter voor vaartuigen, waarvan de lengte 100 meter of meer bedraagt.

    Voor tussenliggende waarden van de lengte moeten de waarden voor de belasting door lineaire interpolatie worden vastgesteld. De Administratie mag de belastingen tot maximaal 75 percent van bovenvermelde waarden verlagen, indien het luiken van luikopeningen betreft, die zich op het bovenbouwdek bevinden op een plaats achter een punt, dat op 0,25L vanaf de voorloodlijn ligt.

  • (3) Wanneer luiken van staal zijn vervaardigd, mag de overeenkomstig paragraaf (2) berekende grootste trekspanning vermenigvuldigd met de factor 4,25 niet groter zijn dan de minimumtreksterkte van het materiaal. Bij de aangenomen belastingen mogen de doorbuigingen niet meer bedragen dan 0,0028 maal de overspanning.

  • (4) Luiken van een ander materiaal dan staal moeten ten minste gelijkwaardig zijn aan de sterkte van stalen luiken en hun constructie moet van zodanige stijfheid zijn, dat de dichtheid tegen weer en wind onder de belastingen zoals deze zijn vastgesteld in paragraaf (2), is verzekerd.

  • (5) Luiken moeten voorzien zijn van knevels en pakkingen, of andere, ten genoegen van de Administratie gelijkwaardige voorzieningen, ten einde voldoende zeker te stellen dat de luiken dicht tegen weer en wind zijn.

Voorschrift 18. Openingen boven de ruimte voor machines [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Openingen boven ruimten voor machines moeten rondom versterkt en omsloten zijn door schachten van een sterkte gelijkwaardig aan de aangrenzende bovenbouw. De toegangsopeningen aan de buitenzijde daarin moeten zijn voorzien van deuren die voldoen aan de eisen van Voorschrift 15.

  • (2) Openingen, andere dan toegangsopeningen, moeten zijn voorzien van deksels met een sterkte die gelijkwaardig is aan de intacte bovenbouw en moeten blijvend daaraan zijn bevestigd en dicht tegen weer en wind kunnen worden gesloten.

Voorschrift 19. Andere openingen in het dek [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Wanneer zulks voor de visserijwerkzaamheden van belang is, mogen in het dek verzonken stortranden van het schroef- of bajonettype of een soortgelijk type en mangaten worden aangebracht, mits deze waterdicht gesloten kunnen worden; zodanige voorzieningen moeten blijvend bevestigd zijn aan de aangrenzende bovenbouw. Met inachtneming van afmetingen en plaats van de openingen alsmede de uitvoering van de sluitmiddelen, mogen metaal op metaal afsluitingen zijn aangebracht, indien deze ten genoegen van de Administratie afdoende waterdicht zijn.

  • (2) Openingen die geen luikhoofden, openingen boven de ruimte voor machines, mangaten of verzonken stortranden in het werk- of bovenbouwdek zijn, moeten worden beschermd door gesloten constructies, voorzien van deuren die dicht zijn tegen weer en wind of daaraan gelijkwaardige afsluitingen. Toegangskappen moeten zo dicht als praktisch uitvoerbaar is bij de hartlijn van het vaartuig geplaatst zijn.

Voorschrift 20. Luchtkokers [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Bij vaartuigen waarvan de lengte 45 meter of meer bedraagt, moeten de luchtkokerpotten, die geen luchtkokerpotten van de ruimte voor machines zijn, een hoogte van ten minste 900 millimeter boven het werkdek en ten minste 760 millimeter boven het bovenbouwdek hebben. Bij vaartuigen waarvan de lengte minder dan 45 meter bedraagt, moet de hoogte van deze potten respectievelijk 760 millimeter en 450 millimeter bedragen. De hoogte boven dek van luchtkokeropeningen van de ruimte voor machines moet ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn.

  • (2) De sterkte van luchtkokerpotten moet gelijkwaardig zijn aan de aangrenzende constructie en door middel van sluitinrichtingen die blijvend zijn aangebracht aan de luchtkoker of aangrenzende constructie, dicht tegen weer en wind gesloten kunnen worden. Wanneer een luchtkoker hoger is dan 900 millimeter, moet hij bijzonder gesteund worden.

  • (3) Bij vaartuigen waarvan de lengte 45 meter of meer bedraagt, behoeven luchtkokers waarvan de potten meer dan 4,5 meter boven het werkdek of meer dan 2,3 meter boven het bovenbouwdek uitsteken, niet te zijn voorzien van sluitinrichtingen, tenzij de Administratie zulks uitdrukkelijk vordert. Bij vaartuigen waarvan de lengte minder dan 45 meter bedraagt, behoeven luchtkokers waarvan de potten meer dan 3,4 meter boven het werkdeel of meer dan 1,7 meter boven het bovenbouwdek uitsteken niet te zijn voorzien van sluitinrichtingen. Indien ten genoegen van de Administratie het niet waarschijnlijk is dat water het vaartuig via luchtkokers van de ruimte voor machines binnenkomt, kunnen zodanige sluitinrichtingen aan luchtkokers vervallen.

Voorschrift 21. Luchtpijpen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Wanneer luchtpijpen van tanks en lege ruimten benedendeks boven werk- of bovenbouwdekken reiken, moeten de blootgestelde delen van de pijpen van een sterkte zijn die gelijkwaardig is aan de aangrenzende constructies en in voldoende mate beschermd zijn. Er moeten middelen, die blijvend zijn bevestigd aan de pijp of aangrenzende constructie, aanwezig zijn voor het afsluiten van de openingen van de luchtpijpen.

  • (2) De hoogte van luchtpijpen bovendeks tot het punt waar water naar beneden kan binnendringen, moet ten minste 760 millimeter zijn op het werkdek en ten minste 450 millimeter op het bovenbouwdek. De Administratie kan een geringere hoogte van een luchtpijp aanvaarden ten einde te voorkomen dat de visserijwerkzaamheden worden belemmerd.

Voorschrift 22. Peilinrichtingen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Peilinrichtingen moeten ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn aangebracht in:

    • (a) de vullingen van die waterdichte afdelingen van het vaartuig die niet te allen tijde tijdens de reis gemakkelijk toegankelijk zijn; en

    • (b) alle tanks en kofferdammen.

  • (2) Wanneer peilpijpen zijn aangebracht, moeten de boveneinden daarvan gemakkelijk bereikbaar zijn en, wanneer zulks praktisch uitvoerbaar is, tot boven het werkdek zijn doorgetrokken. De openingen daarvan moeten zijn voorzien van blijvend bevestigde sluitingsinrichtingen. Peilpijpen die niet tot boven het werkdek zijn doorgetrokken, moeten zijn voorzien van zelfsluitende inrichtingen.

Voorschrift 23. Patrijspoorten en ramen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Patrijspoorten en ruimten onder het werkdek en in ruimten binnen gesloten constructies op dat dek moeten zijn voorzien van scharnierende blinden, die waterdicht gesloten kunnen worden.

  • (2) Een patrijspoort mag niet op een zodanige plaats worden aangebracht dat de onderkant van de dagopening lager ligt dan 500 millimeter boven de hoogst gelegen lastlijn.

  • (3) Patrijspoorten met inbegrip van de zich daarin bevindende glasschijven en daaraan bevestigde blinden moeten van een goedgekeurde constructie zijn.

  • (4) Gehard veiligheidsglas of soortgelijk materiaal moet zijn gebruikt voor de ramen van het stuurhuis.

  • (5) Indien ten genoegen van de Administratie daardoor de veiligheid van het vaartuig niet wordt aangetast, kan zij aanvaarden dat patrijspoorten en ramen niet zijn voorzien van blinden, ingeval zij in de zijschotten en achterschotten van dekhuizen, op of boven het werkdek gelegen, zijn aangebracht.

Voorschrift 24. Inlaat- en afvoerpijpen [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Door de huid gaande afvoerpijpen van ruimten beneden het werkdek of van omsloten bovenbouwen of dekhuizen op het werkdek voorzien van deuren die voldoen aan de eisen van Voorschrift 15 moeten zijn voorzien van toegankelijke middelen ter voorkoming van het binnendringen van water in het vaartuig. Normaal moet iedere afzonderlijke afvoerpijp een automatisch werkende terugslagklep hebben met een inrichting waardoor de klep rechtstreeks van een toegankelijke plaats kan worden gesloten. De aanwezigheid van een zodanige klep is niet noodzakelijk, indien de Administratie van oordeel is dat het niet waarschijnlijk is, dat gevreesd moet worden dat water, dat via de opening het vaartuig binnenkomt, het vaartuig zal doen vollopen en wanneer de pijpen voldoende wanddikte hebben. De middelen voor de bediening van de rechtstreeks beweegbare klep moeten voorzien zijn van een indicator die aangeeft of de klep open dan wel gesloten is.

  • (2) In bemande ruimten voor machines mogen inlaatkasten voor hoofd- en hulpwerktuigen en afvoerpijpen, die van belang zijn voor het in bedrijf houden van machines ter plaatse worden bediend. De bedieningsapparatuur moet toegankelijk zijn en voorzien zijn van indicatoren die aangeven of de kleppen open dan wel gesloten zijn.

  • (3) Aan de huid aangebrachte appendages en de kleppen die ingevolge dit Voorschrift dienen te zijn aangebracht, moeten zijn vervaardigd van staal, brons of van een ander goedgekeurd smeedbaar materiaal. Alle pijpen die zich tussen de huid en de kleppen bevinden, dienen te zijn vervaardigd van staal, met dien verstande dat de Administratie in ruimten, andere dan ruimten voor machines van niet-stalen vaartuigen, het gebruik van andere materialen kan toestaan.

Voorschrift 25. Waterloospoorten [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]

  • (1) Wanneer een verschansing op aan weer en wind blootgestelde gedeelten van het werkdek kuilen vormt, moet het minimumwaterloosoppervlak (A) in vierkante meters aan elke zijde van het schip voor elke kuil op het werkdek in verhouding tot de lengte (l) en de hoogte van de verschansing in de kuil als volgt vastgesteld worden:

    • (a) A = 0,07 l

      (l behoeft niet groter te worden genomen dan 0,7 L).

    • (b)

      • (i) Wanneer de gemiddelde hoogte van de verschansing meer is dan 1200 millimeter, moet het voorgeschreven oppervlak worden vergroot met 0,004 vierkante meter per meter kuillengte voor elke 100 millimeter verschil in hoogte,

      • (ii) Wanneer de gemiddelde hoogte van de verschansing minder is dan 900 millimeter, mag het voorgeschreven oppervlak met 0,004 vierkante meter per meter kuillengte worden verkleind voor elke 100 millimeter verschil in hoogte.

  • (2) Het waterloosoppervlak dat volgens paragraaf (1) is berekend, wordt verhoogd, wanneer de Administratie van oordeel is dat de zeeg van het vaartuig niet voldoende is om een snelle en afdoende lozing van water van het dek te waarborgen.

  • (3) Afhankelijk van de goedkeuring van de Administratie mag het minimumwaterloosoppervlak voor elke kuil op het bovenbouwdek niet kleiner zijn dan de helft van het oppervlak (A) zoals dat in paragraaf (1) is voorgeschreven.

  • (4) Waterloospoorten moeten zodanig langs de lengte van de verschansingen zijn aangebracht, dat zeker gesteld is dat water zo snel en afdoende mogelijk van het dek wordt geloosd. Onderkanten van waterloospoorten moeten zo dicht mogelijk boven het dek liggen als praktisch uitvoerbaar is.

  • (5) Lastplanken en inrichtingen waarmede vistuig wordt vastgezet, moeten zodanig aangebracht zijn dat de werking van waterloospoorten niet vermindert. Lastplanken moeten zo geconstrueerd zijn dat zij bij gebruik in de juiste stand vastgezet kunnen worden en mogen de lozing van overgekomen water niet belemmeren.

  • (6) Waterloospoorten waarvan de hoogte meer dan 300 millimeter bedraagt, moeten voorzien zijn van staven met een onderlinge afstand van ten hoogste 230 millimeter en ten minste 150 millimeter of moeten voorzien zijn van andere geschikte beschermingsvoorzieningen. Indien waterloospoorten zijn voorzien van kleppen, moeten deze van goedgekeurde constructie zijn. Indien noodzakelijk wordt geacht dat kleppen tijdens visserijwerkzaamheden zijn voorzien van vastzetinrichtingen, moeten deze ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn en vanaf een gemakkelijk toegankelijke plaats eenvoudig te bedienen zijn.

  • (7) Bij vaartuigen bestemd om gebruikt te worden in wateren waar ijsafzetting kan voorkomen, moeten kleppen en beschermingsvoorzieningen van waterloospoorten gemakkelijk verwijderd kunnen worden ten einde ijsafzetting te beperken. De afmetingen van openingen en inrichtingen aangebracht om deze beschermingsvoorzieningen te kunnen verwijderen, moeten ten genoegen van de Administratie zijn.

Voorschrift 26. Uitrustingen voor het ankeren en voor het meren [Treedt in werking op een nader te bepalen tijdstip]